Home

Trakpro Standard User Guide

1. pro Mileage the distance traveled within the period Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Urban mileage the distance traveled in urban area Suburban mileage the distance traveled in suburban area It is calculated in regard to speed The urban suburban speed line is indicated in Unit Properties gt Advanced Urban speed limit setting Avg speed average speed within the interval Max speed maximum speed registered within this working shift Counter counter sensor value Status unit status registered during the interval if there are several the first one is displayed Count the number of bindings found Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates average fuel consumption in the trip detected by one of the methods mentioned above Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the working shift Final fuel level fuel level at the end of the working shift Notes an empty column for your custom comments When creating editing a report template you can also choose units to be under control of this report Their list is on the right of the columns list The report is designed in such a way that the first column is the list of units on
2. Table Parameters In the right part of the report template dialog you can set additional parameters for the table such as grouping detalization total row row numbering time limitation These parameters can be applied to any kind of table New Report Template Table p opecies _ jpALLY oO S lt S gt C CSTS Marne Chat Type Chat Available columns arameters t l Time Group by Detailed D Sender D text V Row numbering Total 1 Detalization t count M Time limitation I D notes ma M ntewaia 08 ef 00 20 f 00 M interaz 00 f loo oo loo E w M o M tu M we M thM frl sal su ma Mai Mo Ma Ma Ms Ma M Me Mo Miola CaCa Fas C ae C a7 C ae Fao O o ll 24 Cl 23C 24l os Foon Doar Foe 2a Fao Fas lise Ctr Click to select multiple items Cancel OEK Grouping Data given in the table can be grouped by time intervals such as days weeks and months By default the grouping is off It means the data is given in the detailed view that is each raw of the table represents a separate event such as fuel filling violation parking SMS etc depending on table type selected and these raws are arranged in the chronological order Trakpro Standard User Guide186 Page pro If any grouping interval is set then each raw in the table will correspond to an interval day week or month An additional column named Date Week or Month will be adde
3. interval in minutes Sensors masks Mileage iw All sensors Minimum and or maximum distance travelled 2nser 2 Sensor 3 in the interval in kilometers Sensor 4 You can enter full sensor name or its Engine hours sensor part using wildcard symbols like asterisk replaces any number of characters or Enter name mask for engine hours sensor It question sign replaces one character Sensor name cannot contain comma affects calculations in reports which contain 7 Fuel fillings wf itFicut filing any information on engine hours as well as El Fuel thefts engine hours filter below with thefts Min theft It Engine hours Max theft It Sum up thefts Minimum and or maximum duration of Geofences Units Search mask 5 engine hours in minutes In addition engine Mone In Dut Geofence hours sensor mask can be specified in the O tes roule y amp Giessen DE j d H ey Kirayvste filter below Engine hours sensor a fap ere ists Cece Sia Route 147 oc Slaughter Si Stores Mone In Got Unit Radius c fc Fish Boat 100 oe f Fura 14756683 AC 100 o ft Mazda 326 OA 1107 100 a fC Riviera 100 pro Speed range Indicate minimum and or maximum speed to be considered It means that only those intervals will be displayed in the report which contain at least one message with speed falling into the range But more helpful might be retrieving intervals If
4. Export Import Messages Open the Export messages tab in the Export messages OziExplorer track plt NMEA messages txt Google Earth kml left section of the window Select destination format and push Export Depending on your browser Wialon messages wln configuration settings you will be Wialon binary messages wlIb 15327533323 Compress file Export Trakpro Standard User Guide168 Page pro offered to open or save the file The resulting file can be compressed For this leave the flag Compress file The supported formats are e OziExplorer track plt Ozi Explorer format that stores track as a list of coordinates of track s points e NMEA messages txt National Marine Electronics Association text file communications protocol used in sea navigation equipment e Google Earth kml an XML based format used in Google Earth to transmit three dimensional geospatial data e Trakpro messages wln a format to be used with Trakpro software e Trakpro binary messages wlb a binary format to be used with Trakpro software Select the Import messages tab in the Import messages left section of the window To improve upload performance you may first compress files with ZIF or GZIP utility for your operating system After upload complete files will be unpacked on server The supported formats are and processed e Raw GPRMC navigator logs in Supported formats e Raw GPRMC navigator logs in format
5. On the login page key in your username and password that were given to you while registering choose interface language and then press Enter If you are using a private computer you can additionally put a check mark near Remember on this computer In this case the next time you enter the system you will not be asked to input your login and password again More english Trakpro Standard User Guide26 Page pro The first thing you see when entered the system is the Monitoring panel IF YOU FORGOT YOUR PASSWORD If you have already registered in the system but forgot the password please follow the link Forgot your password There you will be asked to key in your user name and e mail address that were indicated while registering Then push the Reset password button A password reset link will be sent to you Follow this link to get your new password A wialon Please enter vour login name and e mail A password reset link will be sent to you User User E mail uzermdomain corn CCEHH english Reset Password Hack to the login page If you have pressed FORGOT YOUR PASSWORD by accident just ignore the e mail with password reset link and use your former login and pass If you still follow this link you will have to accept the new password HOW TO CHANGE YOUR PASSWORD The current password can be changed in the User Settings dialog However not all users are allowed to do this Contact you
6. yo_cmd w s198 o s El xX i locate 47 0 E xX jal Mileage counter 50 co 7 GX ars Moto 350 0 7 E xX Nanajob 16 0 agx Mew Task _ 3 12 ef x i Route fro Unit 004 40415 n g x IS SMS Sim s w 139712110 s ex On the list jobs are sorted by name Use the dynamic filter to save your time when looking for a certain job Input job name or its part into the search box and see the results The other way to filter jobs can be used if you have access to more than one account Then on the dropdown list choose account name to display only jobs belonging to this account Hover a mouse pointer over a job to view its parameters in a tooltip job state on off the number of executions already made the number of maximum executions provided for this job account if the current user has access to several accounts In the panel the following icons and buttons are used Different kinds of jobs are marked with special icons in the first column I command execution zj sending report by e mail sending information about fuel cisi access management a manipulate GPRS traffic counter Ek manipulate engine hours counter wW or manipulate mileage counter i tal assign a route a tal delete routes Trakpro Standard User Guide108 Page pro Clicking on job state sign at the header of the table you can enable disable all jobs at once if you have access rights on
7. 2 a K wW P i 1 LL i i f qa ee bolt a a a ki _ i 7 _ Ja Al h s 3 l Fi ia i f ho ra b i s F 5 i i i t 3 La a s i i a fi Pe i al ull i 2 4 S fe ans i pi p T eet a A er ios as Cr gar i i i To work with geofences open the Geofences panel in the work area on the left Here you can create edit export import delete geofences and create controlled routes on their basis Creating a Geofence Here are three steps to create a geofence 1 Map Geofence After you have pressed the New button a help window appears to provide you with the instructions about drawing geofences Choose a geofence type on the left line polygon or circle Then map a geofence Here are the basic rules for mapping a geofence e Double click on any place of the map to put the first point Then add more points using the same method Put the points as close or as far from each other as you Trakpro Standard User Guide101 Page want e Toinsert a point between two other points double click on a segment between them e To move a point to another place click on it and holding the left mouse button drag to another place on the map Then release the mouse button e To delete a point just double click on it Note that points can not be deleted if there are only two points for lines or three for polygons A foe TUNES ee E f E ml iaa T
8. Double click onthe map to indicate key points for the route To move a point left click it and drag to another place holding the lett mouse button To delete a point double click t Search points by address ba Points ajh M Use detected addresses as names for points Ne Hame Radius t 1 Lubowitzweg Hannover Gemary di X d t 2 Weinkampswende Hannover Germany i x t i Spittastrabe Hannover Germany AL x t 4 Gartenstrabe Hannover Germany AL x ai ed t 2 Rethener Stabe Hannover Germary 11 x e Hannover Germlarie t amp Borgerstrabe Hannover Germany AL x Route parameters a abe Hannover Germam Provider weblalS eile Options T Optimize points order T Stick last point k Route color Info 340 km 6 points Calculate Save as geofence w i SS T LA Route Calculation If building a route with WebGIS sequence order of points can be interpreted in two ways e Default option is that the point follow in the order you put them e Point order can be optimized in order to make the route as much short as possible For this you should enable the flag Optimize points order The route will be drawn beginning from the f
9. Igo to the last page The page number can be entered manually After entering a number push lt enter gt on the keyboard to go to the required page To delete an online report push Clear The map and the report itself will be cleaned and the Report Result panel will be replaced by Report Templates again However you can switch between these two panels manually To do this just click on the header of the corresponding panel Trakpro Standard User Guide173 Page pro Print Report After generating an online report it can be printed without saving it to the disk To do this press the Print button which becomes accessible only when there is a report in browser window In the left part of the Print Report dialog you see the list of sections which are included in the report Check those of them which you are going to print At the right you can preview all these tables charts map etc To start printing press Print To exit press Close l Select all M Statistics GPRS traffic Events M Parkings F Stops Routes M Utilization cost M Visited streets M hap Print report Parkings Bemi Ent punin oine fan Utilization cost Fuel filling of 30 It to the amount of 65 was made near Ewop Fuel filing of 46 It to the amount of 38 was made near Spitta Fuel filling of 77 1t to the amount of 100 was made near Spitt Sm e a poan rage 1 Close Print Export Report to File To get
10. Parameters Group by Days El C Row numbering T Total M Datalization Time limitation ides parameters Begin se Ctrl Click to select multiple items Allow circle rides M Show rides startedifinished with a stop only M Redefine ride beginningiend search mask p Mame Geofence Polygon Foint A Foint B Unit name Radius m Fantera 100 Picasso 100 Cancel e Ride ride mane consists of starting geofence name and final geofence name hyphenated compound Table propetes HH lt lt AF Mame Rides Type Rides hd OK e Ride from can be used instead of the previous column Only the departure geofence is indicated here e Ride to destination geofence e Beginning date and time when the ride began e End date and time when the ride ended Trakpro Standard User Guide212 Page pro e Mileage distance travelled in this ride e Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab e Ride duration how much time it took to perform the ride e Total time time from the first ride beginning to the last ride end useful if groupping by days is enabled e Parkings duration time spent in parkings e Avg speed average speed calculated for this ride e Max speed maximum speed registered during this ride e Driver driver s name if he was identified e Counter counter sensor value masks for these sensors are s
11. Shows how unit is fulfilling assigned routes Drivers The column with information on drivers name and photo of driver assigned to unit For further information about columns and icons in the Monitoring panel see Icons Explanation Maps Maps settings are adjusted in User Settings dialog on the Maps tab Format of coordinates Format of coordinates can be either degrees or degrees and minutes Selected format affects coordinates of cursor displayed in the lower right corner of the map However in messages and POI coordinates can be displayed only in degrees in reports and event registrar only in degrees and minutes Trakpro Standard User Guide52 Page pro Map position at startup There are two positions of the button Store current and Reset to defaults The first one is used to store current map position and zoom and use it for further logins To make use of this option exit the dialog and move rescale the map to the desired position Then open the settings dialog again and push the button Store current Dif there are any monitoring units displayed on the map the map loaded at startup is resized to make them all visible and it does not matter what default or current positions are When a custom position is stored the button changes to Reset to default state It is then used to restore the default map position After pushing the button you can leave this default position or set a new custom position because the butt
12. Use Ctl Click to select multiple items Cancel OK Trakpro Standard User Guide180 Page pro Templates Import Export Report templates can be exported and imported through XML files Above the list of available report templates there is a special button Import Export Click on it and choose needed option ImportExport Report Templates Available actions i Import report templates xml Export report templates xml If you choose export then you can indicate desirable file name and select templates to be exported to a file After that click OK and save the file ImportExport Report Templates File name optional best templates Thefts and Idles Thefts and Idles VWWeekly report Report templates Complete report m Connection E Daily report ra Drivers T Fuel consumption nana I stdeG5656 al m ral Templates are exported into XML files All tables with selected columns in them charts and their parameters statistics and additional template options all flags and masks are exported everything except geofences choice Saved templates can be then imported to any account manage or edit access to the account is required If you have enough access to several accounts you select one to be a destination account Then you indicate the path to file Browse button and press Import ImportlExport Report Templates Select a file 7 DLibest_templates Browse Import The file has been imported The
13. Use US metrics miles gallons option defines how mileage speed and fuel are given in the report If this box is checked miles and gallons are used instead of kilometers and liters Mileage and fuel with accuracy to two decimal places By default mileage less than 20 and fuel less than 50 is displayed with accuracy to hundredths and larger values are given as integers However if you consider it is necessary mileage and fuel can be always shown with accuracy to two decimals other decimal places are simply cut Group icons option affects POI and markers If they overlap they can be united in one icon and more detailed information can be known from the tooltip Consider POI visibility scale has sense only if POI are selected as map output for the report Exclude thefts from fuel consumption can be chosen if you want to ignore thefts when calculating fuel consumption in different tables and statistics Normally thefts are considered as a part of fuel consumption That is if the option is enabled columns like Consumed by FLS and Average consumption by FLS are calculated without considering fuel thefts POI as address source option allows to use POI names instead of usual addresses received from the WebGIS Geofences as address source option allows to use geofences names instead of usual addresses received from the WebGIS Addresses can be used in several tables to indicate unit location Use all accounts option is useful if you choose
14. 15 87 km 2010 03 12 10 35 21 0 32 00 15 26 km 132 kmh McDonalds Line 0 61 km 16 00 km 2010 03 12 10 49 21 0 22 00 6 87 km 99 kmh store We4 Circle 0 03 km 626 52 m 2010 03 12 10 49 21 0 02 00 0 29 kr 52 kmh Store W 457 Circle 0 03 km 626 52 m 2010 03 12 10 55 21 0 02 00 0 66 kr 56 kmh Storehouses Polygon 19 62 km 15 87 km 2010 03 12 11 09 21 0 37 00 15 28 km 80 km h McDonalds Line 0 61 km 16 00 km 2010 03 12 11 25 21 0 27 00 6 87 kro 68 kmh stare We4 Circle 0 03 km 620 352 m fU1L0 O3 12 11 23 21 0 02 00 0 29 km 52 kmh Instead of geofences you can choose units in the reports template Additionally you indicate radius for these units in meters In this case those units are considered as moving geofences and the activity of the unit selected to generate the report is analyzed in regard to these moving geofences Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensors drivers fuel fillings and thefts Geofences can be displayed on the map For this choose Render geofences option in the report template See also an opposite report Non visited Geofences GPRS Traffic Attention This report can be not included to your package To apply this report to a unit this unit must have registered events of GPRS traffic counter reset or traffic storage should be adjusted in jobs Trakpro Standard User Guide205 Page pro yo Time Current value Absolute
15. If a duration is bigger than a day first the number of days is indicated and then HH MM SS It can look like that 5 days 12 34 56 which means 5 days 12 hours 34 minutes 56 seconds In some rare cases the duration of a state is 0 seconds It can happen if the state is Man speed 164 kmh 184 kmh O kmh O kmh 132 kmh 60 kmh 60 kmh 60 kmh 0 krah detected by only one message For example a speeding was detected in one message and in previous and next messages there is no speeding The duration of a speeding is considered a period of time from the first message with speeding to the last messages with speeding in sequence So if having only one message with speeding the duration turns to be zero If grouping is used the time appears as follows e f grouping by days is used the column called Date is added It gives the date in the format YYYY MM DD If the columns Beginning and End are selected they will contain only time HH MM SS However if a state began in one day and finished in another in the End column date and time will be given e f grouping by weeks is used the column called Week is added The month and the number of week of year are indicated there The first week of year is considered the Trakpro Standard User Guide259 Page pro first full week If a week begins in one month and ends in another it refers to the month where it begins e If grouping by months
16. T IKEA Expo Allee Laatzen DE Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE Pas Hildesheimer Strafie Laatzen DE 1 2 Laatzen DE Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE Pas Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE Pas Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE Pal Joachimstrafe Hannover DE Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE The second table represents parkings for the same unit and interval but here the data is grouped by days Date Beginning End 2010 03 01 dO0 00 42 2010 03 02 08 08 22 010 03 02 08 44 49 AMLO MS AaS aa 010 03 03 06 56 56 2010 03 04 08 17 15 2010 03 04 0847 13 2010 03 05 08 40 29 2010 03 05 09 12 15 23159 00 Duration 1 days 5 hours 2 hours 46 minutes 2 hours 50 minutes 23 hours 29 minutes 13 hours 42 minutes Count 6 4 2 2 3 When using a grouping all events which began in the analyzed interval are included in this interval and when calculating event s duration all its duration is considered That is why in the example above the total duration of parkings for the 8th of March is 1 day 5 hours that is larger than a day It is convenient to include the Count column in the table with a grouping In this column you get the count of events which happened within the current interval day week month Ina detailed report this column will contain only ones At the same time it is recommended to exclude such columns as Location when configuring a table with a grouping because events Trak
17. Web GIS has address information for these coordinated this information is given in this cell of report If any of above mentioned fields are not filled correctly then the corresponding columns will be empty Other reports which use registered events are report on maintenance and utilization costs Trakpro Standard User Guide80 Page pro Unit Groups Monitoring Sometimes it is more convenient to track units by groups To switch to the mode of unit groups monitoring select this option in the Monitoring panel EP Monitoring v 2 Dg 29 22 22 22 22 29 ili x xxx XxX X amp C P cCheburatorea C cTo les10 M Heavy Haulers C O International W Managers ay a T F F YY FY ee seas ad a Groups are added to the work list using the filter The rules of using the filter are the same as for units see Unit List Management One can search groups by name unit or creator To add all available groups to the work list press the button The icons described above are used on the work list When hovering the mouse cursor over an icon such as MOTION STATE GPRS CONNECTION INFORMATION ACCURACY or SENSOR STATE in a popup tooltip you see information about all units in group To adjust columns to be displayed on the work list go to User Settings gt Monitoring Panel and select unselect items in your own way Here is the list of all columns available in the group mode E motio
18. beginning of the reports The following information can be included in Statistics for reports of Unit type If report type is Unit group User or Driver Advanced Reports available statistics is different Trakpro Standard User Guide247 Page pro Statistics Report reports template name Unit unit name Report execution time time of report generation when a user executed the report online or it was generated automatically as a job or notification Interval beginning reporting interval beginning Interval end reporting interval end Time zone time zone as it is set in user settings Messages messages analyzed within the reporting period Mileage in all messages mileage in all messages according to the mileage counter selected without filtration by trip detector Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Details Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates average fuel consumption in trips detected by one of the methods mentioned above Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the interval Final fuel level fuel level at the end of the interval Max fuel level maximum fuel level Min fuel level minimum fuel level Counter sensors Total counter the sum of values of all sensors of counter type Engine hours Engine
19. edit delete units import export their properties and send SMS messages On the list units are displayed in the alphabetical order To quickly find a necessary unit apply the dynamic filter Place a mouse cursor over unit to display its details in a popup window type ID phone number Unique ID and unit phone number are shown only to users who have edit or manage access level to the unit Use the following buttons against each unit to perform standard actions over it 5 Send SMS to unit s SIM card It can be a command or other message SMS buttons are not displayed if this feature is not activated for the current user If the button is dimmed it means there is no phone number in unit properties or View or edit unit properties To get the most efficient results both in reports and in online monitoring unit should be set up correctly in accordance with device type used available sensors and tracking tasks Unit is configured in unit properties dialog that was described above Depending on your access level the dialog can contain up to 12 tabs which detailed description can be found in the following topics General ACCessors Image O O O O Advanced Trakpro Standard User Guide147 Page pro Sensors Logs Custom Fields Unit Groups Command Aliases Trip Detection Fuel Consumption Service Intervals Oo O O0 Q 0 OL Import export unit properties to from a fi
20. height 400 gt lt iframe gt Possible zoom grades are from 1 small scale to 18 vast scale If the map zoom does not match to covet all the units being watched then the map will be rescaled automatically That is why in most cases it is effectual to choose the largest scale 18 If you are going to use the link to the locator on an external site you may need to adjust a custom zoom for the map Below it is shown there the zoom level is written in the locator address locator index html u locator1 amp zoom 13 amp map_type 1 Trakpro Standard User Guide85 Page pro TRACKS Track is a line drawn on the map to show how a unit moved during the indicated period of time A track is mapped by the points from where messages came Each point stores also date and time when the message was received and speed at that moment Any number of tracks can be drown on the map They can represent different units and various time intervals To prevent tracks from being merged with each other you can set different colors for them Besides different segments of the track can be of different colors depending on speed or sensor values To build tracks go to the Tracks panel in the work area on the left of the window SS Tracks i Unit Fish Boat Color ip fF i E H kal fa FAR aE u a if r Ti ie By speed g Speed Color ie J K o fi 0 19 f NY 20 49 50 44 100 Line thickness Sp
21. they are distinguished by color geofences purple control points blue POI orange if no other color is selected in POI properties Apart from that POI as well as markers can be united in one conditional icon when they overlap Group icons option Trakpro Standard User Guide243 Page A 3 Ji 4 4 i eee m F 4 ie i e e oe ee ll s i ry Wf 1 I v POI and geofences are taken only from the same account that report template Markers Most kinds of reports can have additional visualized on the map with the help of special markers To get these markers in a report select necessary markers in a report template The table below presents all possible markers and their icons parking marker w Stop marker drilling marker iltheft marker event marker Violation marker Ospeeding marker Trakpro Standard User Guide244 Page pro Markers appear on the map after report is generated If you see no markers it means there is no events of the indicated type or the current map scale is not enough try to zoom in When hover the mouse cursor over a marker in a tooltip you see additional information for stops and parkings starting time and duration for events and violations time and notification text for fillings and thefts time and fuel volume for speedings starting time speed limitation as it is defines in unit properties how much the speed is exceeded and dur
22. 00 oO a A A A A A A A A Avg speed Max speed Driver 30 kmh 30 kmh 33 kmh 30 kmh 33 kmh 30 kmh 33 kmh 30 kmh 33 kmh 30 kmh 132 kmh 132 kmh 99 km h 132 kmh 99 kmh 132 kmh 99 kmh 132 kmh 99 kmh 132 kmh lex Sigmer lex Sigmer Alex Sigmer Alex Sigmer lex Sigmer John Smith John Smith John Smith John Smith John Smith Consumed 1 10 It 1 10 It 1 16 It 1 10 It 1 16 It 0 99 It 1 16 It 1 10 It 1 16 It 1 10 It Trakpro Standard User Guide213 Page pro Route Points Route points refer to control points indicated when creating a geofence for a route If a route was configured in such a way that route events were stored to unit history later on this data can be used to generate a report on control points The table can include e Point name the name given to this control point while creating it e Arrival time time when the unit entered this point e Initial location location at that time e Departure time time when the unit left this point e Final location location at that time e Result Visited both entrance and exit were detected Entrance only Exit only Skipped e Route the name of the route to which this control point belongs e Geofence the name of the geofence used to create this route e Arrival time deviation positive value if delayed negative value if in hurry in regard to arrival time set in point properties e Departure time deviation the same for departure time e
23. 02 76 15 01 18 On2B E584 Galati RO 4 09 06 19 It 131 It PLS Intervals filtration by geofences units driver and filling volume can be additionally applied to this table You can use special markers for this report to mark places of fillings on the map Attention If no fillings were detected the table is not generated And registered fillings are ignores then too See also Fuel Thefts Fuel Thefts This report is aimed to show all thefts when where and how much fuel was stolen The parameters for this report are set in Unit Properties gt Fuel Consumption In the table you can have e Time date and time when the theft was detected e Location unit location at that moment e Initial fuel level fuel level before the theft e Stolen stolen fuel volume e Sensor name sensor which detected fuel theft e Driver driver s name or code if any was identified e Count the number of thefts e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Beginning Initial location End Duration Stolen Initial fuel level Final fuel level 2010 01 11 13 44 20 Dachi 3470 UA 2010 01 11 13 44 21 0 00 01 5 33 lt Fe It 64 It 2010 01 11 13 44 32 Dach 3470 U4 2010 01 11 13 44 34 0 00 02 azalt Fe It 64 It 2010 01 11 13 46 19 Dachi 3470 UA 2010 01 11 13 46 20 0 00 01 17 22 It 37 94 It 20 72 It 2010 01 11 13 46 56 Dachi 347 UA 2010 01 11 13 48 57 0 00 01 5 67 lt 26 63 It 22 96 It 2010 01 11 13 48 58 Dachi 347 UA 2010 01 11 13 49 00 0 00 02
24. 2 317366 9 819063 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany 48 2011 09 1408 2210 1 52 317465 9 819492 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany a 49 2011 09 1408 22 18 0 52 317537 9 819825 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany L Export Messages 50 2011 09 14 08 22 26 0 2 317602 9 820179 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany 0 g import Messages A 50 7 ja 4 Pagel of41 gt gt Displaying 1 to 50 from 2042 messages Vertical sizes of the messages panel and the map are adjustable To control them click on the splitter between them and holding the mouse button drug to a required direction Working with Messages Trakpro Standard User Guide160 Page pro Working with messages is query messages view and filter them and delete them Request Messages from Server The request is formulated in the Messages Mode in top left corner of the window You specify the following parameters 1 Select a unit for execution The dropdown list contains not all units available to you but only the units from the work list 2 Specify the period of time to Writ Riviera show messages for l Fror 13 June 2011 00 00 3 Select message type from the To 13 June 2011 23 59 dropdown list each type is Message type EEEN described in detail below Show parameters as Raw data o Data messages o SMS messages Execute Clear o Sent commands o Registered events 4 Atthe end press the Execute button A table will be generated in the right part of the window To
25. 37 14 9 47 49 12 80 mi 1 mph 4 mph Geofence 1 2010 05 05 07 41 21 2010 05 03 20 17 02 12 55 41 10 91 mi 1 mph 7i mph Geofence 2 2010 03 03 20 18 15 2010 03 04 07 35 20 11 17 05 13 73 mi 1 mph 51i mph Geofence 1 2010 03 04 07 40 59 2010 03 04 21 78 48 13 47 49 9 96 mi 1 mph 81 mph Geofence 2 2010 05 04 21 29 26 2010 03 05 08 00 28 10 51 02 13 49 mi 1 mph 51 mph Geofence 1 2010 05 05 08 04 47 2010 03 05 19 45 45 11 40 58 9 97 mi 1 mph 57 mph Geofence 2 2010 05 05 19 48 18 2010 05 06 08 15 17 12 26 59 13 61 mi 1 mph 47 mph Beginning Location Duration Max speed Mileage 2010 05 01 16 22 22 Messeschnellweg Laatzen DE 0 01 51 76 mph 2 01 mi 010 03 02 07 32 34 B 3 Hannover DE 0 02 36 76 mph 2 65 mil 2010 03 03 20 13 58 Messeschnellweg Laatzen DE 0 03 17 7i mph 3 55 mi 010 03 04 07 41 30 B 3 Hannover DE O02 44 60 mph 2 50 mi 2010 03 04 21 26 06 Messeschnellweg Laatzen DE 0 02 42 61 mph 3 32 mi 2010 03 05 08 07 00 Messeschnellweg Hannover DE 0 01 18 5S7 mph 1 18 mi 2010 03 06 19 01 12 Messeschnellweg Laatzen DE 0 01 51 66 mph 1 79 mi 2010 03 06 19 13 31 Messe Schnellweg Hannover DE 0 02 19 65 mph 2 31 mi 010 03 07 09 31 06 A 2 Hannover DE 209d 116 mph 215 mi Mileage in trips 2010 03 08 17 00 00 2010 03 12 05 00 00 2010 03 01 20 17 00 00 0 Trakpro Standard User Guide24 Page Trakpro USER INTERFACE User interface of Trakpro Hosting is simple and in many cases intuitive intelligible There is plenty of scree
26. 4 minutes 4 seconds 79 kmh 4 94 kr S Mr Smith 2010 03 31 15 07 09 32 seconds 78 kmh 0 66 km 4 Trakpro Standard User Guide252 Page pro If the option of detalization is on then expanding the contents of a basic row you can see a detailed list of events for the given unit and the number of hidden rows will coincide with the number in the Count column He amp yo 1 1 1 1 2 3 A I iL We ne Unit iro 4irCoal 4ircoal Airco MAN 1236 RU MAN ea25 RU MAN AB 1966 2 Mr Smith Beginning 010 03 29 010 03 29 010 03 29 010 03 31 010 03 29 010 04 02 010 03 30 010 03 31 14 11 14 11 14 14 14 15 06 45 1a e9 04 i4i TS 07 11 11 af oa a a1 36 OW Duration 1 minutes 52 seconds 59 seconds 16 seconds 37 seconds 47 minutes 21 seconds 11 seconds 4 minutes 4 seconds 32 seconds Max speed Mileage 1 kmh 69 km h 71 km h 69 kmh 110 krah 103 kmh 79 kmh 78 km h 2 14 km 1 12 km 0 31 km 0 71 km 54 km 0 52 km 4 94 km 0 66 km Count A If there is no detalization it does not matter whether the grouping by days weeks months is on or off because the priority grouping is by units If detalization and grouping are applied together then in the expanded list you will get one row per one interval day week month However if an event was not indicated in all intervals there can be fewer rows that intervals It is seen from the example
27. 5 i i Distance a x 2o oy i 5 Double click on the map to add points and measure distance EA between them To move a point left click t and drag to 4 k Kottlander another place holding the left mouse button To delete a Dre am point double click it ai o E Btorter C23 g F ae 5 Distance 1 610 km 1 610 km 0 rm i 3 2 E eset g 60M YE k br e Strana yant P 4 i pue SU ab hel i a T 2 Burgferd El Mitto Siafi Apatheke i 7 1 k 7 mi a qa s 60 an j E F m nce arog Bergstrabe BO a re p l pedet gt ail 3 a Lares Cle H as ai e j yid belay g T mi ears e Aik P pr a a a kin arenes ayurrentes A J sf T raf Fi f ee H Bezirkasportanlage Gehrden F A A 5 4 ayes shes iraa reg To clean the map and start new measurements use the Reset button Trakpro Standard User Guide268 Page pro AREA Choose Tools gt Area on the menu To draw a polygon follow the same directions as for polyline creation The perimeter and total area can be known from the popup window in the corner A Sl a F M E ot f Er b ah seo de Medes ts Area ao x ou i y Double click on the map to dra
28. 5 67 lt 26 63 It 22 96 It 2010 01 11 13 51 22 Dachi 3470 UA 2010 01 11 13 51 23 0 00 01 5 67 lt 8 26 63 It 22 96 It Trakpro Standard User Guide203 Page pro Intervals filtration by geofences units driver and theft volume can be additionally applied to this table Special markers can be shown on the map in the places of thefts See also Fuel Fillings Geofences This report shows when and how often a unit visited different geofences At the right part of the template dialog the list of all geofences is displayed You can indicate one or more geofences to put them under control of this report If no geofences are selected there the table cannot be generated The list of geofences includes only those geofences which belong to the same account with the report template Geofences on the list are sorted by name If the list is large it is convenient to use name mask to quickly find necessary geofences note To generate this report for a unit this unit must have the trip detector configured correctly because the search of entries and exits to from a geofence are made in movement intervals in trips The following columns can be selected for this table e Geofence geofence name e Type polygon line circle unit if units and not geofences are selected in the report template e Area total area of the geofence e Perimeter perimeter of the geofence Perimeter for a line is its length line thickness is not taken into acc
29. 53 20 07 43 20 08 33 20 09 23 20 Other Charts Except regular charts you can generate the following charts e Processed fuel level e Speed Fuel Consumption by New Report Template hart properties Mame Chart 3 Type Processed fuel level bi Split sensors Count from zero ced fuel level hart params SpeediFuel consumption by lripFCs elect sensors Speed Fuel consumption by AbsFls M All sensors Speed Fuel consumption by InsFCs Speed Fuel consumption by FLS Speed Fuel consumption by math Gensor opeed Fuel consumption by rates censor Sensor 3 Sensor 4 The axes of these charts cannot be changed however it is possible to change chart name and use Select sensors and Split sensors options Trakpro Standard User Guide236 Page Apro Processed Fuel Level Processed fuel level chart shows the values which are used while calculating fuel level fillings and thefts in tables The chart shows how fuel level changes in time or depending on mileage The caption of the tab will be correspondingly Time Fuel level or Mileage Fuel level The chart Time Fuel level is built only if in unit configuration the option Time based fuel level sensors consumption is on In all other cases the chart Mileage Fuel level is built Besides the data is processed according to filtration level set on the Fuel Consumption tab the option Filter fuel level sensors values or in sensor properties Below are two fuel level charts the first one is pro
30. C we SMS Simoo4 r AQ EF ZBGaea sx l Sensor Rico p EQ BFE ww wx C 6 Fish Boat gt 2Q PbFaeaamuvx i 2 cycle Machine p SaQBHBTEGH xX i 2 Fuchsia Ine w A BHF Ease x M Fura 1475683 AC gt Q9QB FT amp ai ww wx M Gogol Bordello gt oe QB Fae x i Lorca gt SQ HOD Zu SX All icons can be divided into two groups 1 Operational icons buttons if pressed they allow to perform an action over a unit such as event registration command execution messages query track building properties editing removal from the work list etc Further instructions can be found in appropriate dialogs and panels which are invoked by these buttons 2 Informational icons which give information about unit current conditions moving or stationary sensor value connection state data accuracy driver route control etc Trakpro Standard User Guide62 Page pro Further information in such cases can be found in tooltips To read a tooltip put a mouse pointer over a chosen icon Icons at the head of the table are also applicable In many cases they allow to sort items on the list according to a condition for instance moving units at the top stationary units at the bottom The first column in the table is filled by check boxes Put flags near units you want to be displayed on the map Put a flag at the top of the table to mark all units at once The button to add units groups to the list using a filte
31. EH h T odometer me acct 12 59 me adc we O adta 12 58 I O 0 OQ pO 2010 09 26 21 30 36 12 58 me TC adc ge sw me rid 12 57 12 56 12 55 12 54 2010 09 26 21 16 40 2010 09 26 21 25 00 2010 09 26 21 33 20 2010 09 26 21 41 40 2010 09 26 21 50 00 2010 09 26 21 59 20 SMS Messages SMS messages can be sent by unit while executing a command generating an alarm or in other cases which depend on device type A table generated for this request will consist of three columns time when message was received message text and SIM card number embedded into unit Messages can be filtered by text Trakpro Standard User Guide166 Page pro Time Text Phone E 1 0811 04 SIGNAL 0002 28091 1 OBO SSS 644s N 02738 6399 E 80 0km 0 0 A 010000 S 7 5000000000 O 2 DETZA PO OOD 28091 1 O61 201 6354 201 SN 02738 1792 E 46 0km 336 54 01 0000 375000000000 C 3 081304 PE OOO 26091 1 O61 S01 5354 41 64N 02737 8861 E1 0km 325 94 010000 375000000000 C 4 08140 SIGNAL 0002 2009 1 O69 5354 4342 N 02736 7096 E 18 0km 274 1A010000 3rs0000i0il E 8 081503 FPE 0002 280971 1 Ob S00 S364 orl N 02736 2562 E 20 0km 326 9 4 010000 375000000000 C 6 081603 FPE 0002 26091 1 06 16 00 5354 6567 N 02735 7368 E 70 0km 237 64 01 0000 375000000000 Fo DRAED PE 0002 260911 06 1700 5354 3469M 02735 4559 6 80 0km 410 6 010000 375000000000 F Sent Commands Commands sent to the unit by user s are displayed for this request There
32. M Mileage in trips i E Instant mileage C Instant mileage smoothed Fuel level Lo Use Ctrl Click to select multiple items Cancel OK This is how our report template looks after we have added two tables and a chart Report contents id displayed on the left Now name the report and save it Trakpro Standard User Guide22 Page lrakpro New Report Template port properties Name Newrepot Tipe ontents Advanced settings i Geofences Options Map output t Speedings amp _ Statistics To obtain a report set parameters in the work area select report template unit reported interval and press Execute Template Object Interval From To Report Templates Plew lmpomlExport hiy report ff x Generated report will appear on the right On the left you see tabs to navigate between report sections tables and charts Besides the report can be exported to various formats or printed for this use the proper buttons Export to File and Print Trakpro Standard User Guide23 Page pro Geofence Time in Time out Duration in Mileage Avg speed Max speed Geofence 1 2010 05 01 09 49 35 2010 03 01 16 24 35 6 35 00 16 58 mi z mph 76 mph Geofence 2 2010 05 01 16 25 52 2010 05 02 07 27 35 15 01 43 13 70 mi 1 mph 58 mph Geofence 1 2010 03 02 07 32 00 2010 05 07 21 46 59 14 14 59 11 06 mi 1 mph 76 mph Geofence 2 2010 05 07 21 49 25 2010 03 03 07
33. O Ri peck 1S Pe aE ens pace s T Konstantinovka heka i KOHCTSaHTHHOBKS T s ii ne L M F Samosyrova A Een 5 iC SS Kazan i ret hod PAS Ed a ei KagaHe Fechishchi Verkhniy Piei Wshon This option is enabled in User Settings and called Enable public access to locator page Tick the box and save changes Then open the dialog again and follow the locator page link to see how it will look and pick up its address Trakpro Standard User Guide84 Page pro User Settings General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Time zone 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Daylight saving time United States Canada from second Sunday in har Iranian calendar a E mail username ldomain corm Users phone numbers 1917 8367415 1917 70834978 Change Password Access key to mobile site 4458r fz Use Us metrics miles and gallonsi E Use common map tor all modes Iw Play sound for events Iw Cancel OK Note that units do not move in the locator To get the latest information about them you need to refresh the Internet page each time press F5 to do this attention When the public access is enabled it means any who knows your login can track your units To integrate the locator to your web site use the following code replace user name gurtamcebit with any other lt iframe src https tracking gurtam com locator index html u gurtamcebit amp zoom 14 amp lang ru width 700
34. Presence duration time spent in the control point e Presence mileage mileage in the control point e Section duration time spent to travel from the previous control point to this one e Section mileage mileage from the previous control point e Count points count e Driver driver s name or code if available e Notes an empty column for your custom comments See Route Statuses to know how different events about control point are detected Point name Arrival time Arrival time deviation Departure time Presence duration Resutt Route Hase 2011 10 28 13 4258 OOO we 0 00 00 Entrance only Route 36A Foint 1 2011 10 28 13 45 30 0 45 30 2011 10 28 13 46 26 0 00 56 visited Route 364 Point 2 2011 10 28 13 49 22 0 49 22 2011 10 28 13 50 10 0 00 48 visited Route 364 Point 3 2011 10 28 13 5426 3 5426 2011 10 28 13 54 50 0 00 24 visited Route 364 Point4 O00 nee 0 00 00 Skipped Route 36A Point 5 2011 10 28 14 00 42 O00 2 2 2 0 00 00 Entrance only Route 364 Point 6 2011 10 28 14 04 34 70434 2011 10 28 14 05 06 0 00 32 Visited Route 364 Point 7 2011 10 28 14 06 58 0 06 58 2011 10 28 14 07 30 0 00 32 Visited Route 364 Finish 2011 10 28 14 08 58 0 08 58 2011 10 28 14 10 18 0 01 20 visited Route 364 Trakpro Standard User Guide214 Pag Driver Wry Gagarin Wry Gagarin ry Gagarin Wry Gagarin ry Gagarin Wry Gagarin Wry Gagarin Wry Gagarin ry Gagarin e pro Masks for geofence and or route name can be applied additionally to this
35. Unit Properties gt Service Intervals Check the services which were done that time This this action the interval selected will be zeroed and will start the count again Note that if you select anything here the contents of Kind of work field changes Attention Registered events are not editable however they can be deleted from the database in the Messages Mode manage access to unit is required Trakpro Standard User Guide79 Page pro Registered Events in Reports Registered fillings and maintenance can appear in the report on events together with other things Registered custom event depending on your choice can get into report on events or report on violations Both report have the similar structure When transporting registration data to a report on events violations the information is distributed among columns which contents are taken from certain fields of registration dialog The table below gives the correspondence between the column in report and the field in registrar Column Column Content Header Liaise Date and time when event happened Date and time when event was registered Text is taken from the Description field For maintenance if there is no description the text can be taken from the field Kind of work Unit location at the moment of event It is taken from the coordinated indicated while registering th event the Location Select Location button and double click on the map If
36. Units for Jobs Notifications and Routes By default only units which are on the work list of the Monitoring panel at the moment are displayed in the dialog where you choose units for a job notification or route If you use the dynamic work list formed according to data actuality a units allowed for the activity are displayed in the dialog To switch between units and groups use the selector on the left To show all available units or unit groups check the box Display all available units groups on the top Mark units groups to apply a job notification route to If you select a group it means the action will be applied to all units in this group Put the flag in the header of the table to select all items Trakpro Standard User Guide110 Page pro ee Anti Local P Cheburatorea A cortorate TSM G cto lesia lt lt Heavy Haulers Jp International ug Local Str Groups T Display all available groups r Units r i ie oD Retranslated Units While editing a job or notification this page contains units selected for the job they are checked and units displayed on the work list at the moment You can add more units for the action or remove some User s activity can be restricted by access rights Depending on job type selected and access to units not all of them may be displayed and selected for the action For example if you have just view access to some units they cannot be chosen f
37. a group or remove it from a group On the left there is a list of all available unit groups Move necessary groups to the right to Add to group or Remove from group sections EF Send a report by e mail Enter e mail address es to send a report to if the notification triggers Select report template object format and other parameters to get a needed report If the selected report template concerns a unit there is no need to select a certain unit for the report to be generated It is better to choose Triggered unit option then the report will be generated for the same unit that the notification has triggered for fl Assign route Trakpro Standard User Guide131 Page pro Assigning a new route to unit can be chosen as an action undertaken after the notification triggers For example when a route becomes finished a new route can be assigned or when unit leaves its garage as a geofence a route is automatically created for it SPReset driver This feature can be used for example to reset driver automatically when the unit returns to the depot Notification Parameters Notification Properties Zona General Time Limitations Notification name Fora Time interval from 9 June 2011 23 00 to Q June 2012 23 59 Control period from current time For last hour Min duration of alarm state Activate immediately Max triggers 3 Generate notification Only when state changed For all messages Min duration
38. a report in the form of a file that is suitable to save on the disk print or send by e mail push the Export to file button E Trakpro Standard User Guide174 Page pro Choose file format for the report HTML Your report will be generated as Internet page and will open in any browser PDF PDF is a widespread format suitable for electronic usage as well as for printing To view these files Adobe Acrobat Reader is used for Windows OC only You can additionally adjust such page parameters as orientation landscape or portrait and page size A4 or A3 If a table in the report contains many columns page width option can be also useful The standard page width is fixed which means it depends on selected page format and orientation However if a table is too wide and does not match the fixed page width this table will not be exported only the heading will be displayed In such cases you can select automatic page width which means it will correspond to the largest row in the table If Auto compact is selected cell with is equal to the length of the largest word in it If Auto no wrap is selected cell with is equal to the largest phrase in it no line breaks are applied Note that if automatic page width is selected page format and orientation become relative they define only page height Excel Your report will be presented as Microsoft Excel electronic table You can additionally tick Excel 2007 checkbox to get x
39. a user to give him opportunity to track his cargo transportation we have given him view access to a unit which is carrying this cargo When this unit enters a destination place a geofence under control the notification triggers and the unit becomes unavailable to the user view access is modified to no access Trakpro Standard User Guide130 Page pro wf Modify users access level Access level Mone E Duremar C WiorbidCo E buratina E clienti E festivalio_2011 clone E3 Set counter value Counter values can be changed or zeroed when notification triggers Select one or more counters mileage counter engine hours counter traffic counter and set new values for them EX Store counter value as parameter Current values of mileage or engine hours counters can be stored as parameters in unit data messages odometer or engine_hours correspondingly These parameters can used to create sensors on their basis for example engine hours sensor and to get initial final mileage in reports For more precise calculations it is recommended to store counters while the unit is parked for example once a day at night time oe Register unit status A new status can be set for unit when a notification triggers For instance when unit enters a geofence private state can automatically switch to business oF Modify unit groups You can change the contents of unit groups when a notification triggers add triggered unit to
40. about one or more points at once The information is displayed in the popup window when placing the cursor over a marker The information is date and time location coordinates speed sensors values visible sensors only It is duplicated in the table at the top of the screen Trakpro Standard User Guide275 Page i a SPAN aa weerny aa ey Track Hittest AX Choose the track you need in the dropdown menu Double click on the track to request information about any of ts points Switch to the multipoint mode to set several markers at once F Tracks ette Unit 001 Monite f 18 Mode single point Multipoint j i Reset x aNd 2011 09 26 08 24 41 1 1 km 2 minutes 36 seconds F i i eft i E 2041 09 28 08 26 29 2 9 km 4 minutes 48 seconds 14 8 km x Time 2011 09 26 09 26 29 ba peed 10 kmh Coordinates 52 4060 9 80942 z Atitude Om gt a 2011 09 28 08 32 53 7 7 km 6 minutes 24 seconds 4 6 km x i Peel Time 3011 09 28 08 47 41 fra ie El Speed kmh A ni va Coordinates 52 32678 9 79349 j debi Altitude Om 5 i ho y i fi 4 Ty if i i W ar 4 i A ee a 4 l i lI i E i I 4 r E Fi If the multipoint mode is selected you can mark several point of the track The active selected point is then blue and others are red In the table the active point is also highlighted by blue color To navigate from one point to another click on a corre
41. and minutes It can be selected in User Settings gt Maps Log The log contains records of current events and operations running in the system new message from a unit appears new SMS is received unit configuration is changed new geofence is created etc The log contains messages from units in the work list Depending on the units quantity and equipment configuration the messages in the log can appear even every second Trakpro Standard User Guide35 Page pro To show or hide the log window use a special button in the right bottom corner The log is resizable To enlarge or decrease the log drag the horizontal slider at log s top up or down The log window is semitransparent so that the map under it could be visible ae pf 272 New position of unit Cycle Machine was detected a Errat Rethener strate Hannover Germany al 10 27 23 New position of unit Lorca was detected at 10 47 28 Am Mittelfelde Hannover Ger many 10 27 23 New position of unit Fuchsia Inc was detected at 10 27 28 Kattenbrookstrit Hannover Ger mary 10 27 27 New position of unit Gogol Bordello was detected at 10 47 32 Beuthener Strake Hannover Ger many 40 27 27 New position of unit Fuchsia Inc was detected at 10 27 33 Kattenbrookstrift Hannover Germany 12729 tem SMS Sim004 was successfully updated 10 27 23 New position of unit Cycle Machine was detected at 10 27 35 Rethener Strake Hannover Ger manyi ar If an
42. beginning was detected before In the Redefine ride beginning end section you choose which geofences and units will be analyzed in this report The list of geofences includes only those geofences which belong to the same account that the report template does When you adjust the table for the first time some of geofences can be already ticked It happens if these geofences have corresponding flags in their properties You can remove flags or set more flags if needed Besides you can choose units as so called moving geofences For them set radius to outline unit s area Geofences and units on the lists are sorted by name If the list is large it is convenient to use name mask to quickly find necessary items You can even set ride beginning at unit area and ride and at an ordinary geofence Trakpro Standard User Guide211 Page I 3 Vee 6 ie Convention Center Available columns M Ride M Beginning 1 M Eng t M Mileage Mileage adjusted t M Ride duration I Totaltime t E Farkings duration Avg speed l M Max speed J M Driver I C counter t M Count Besides intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensor state driver fuel thefts fillings and geofences units Report on Rides The report on rides gives the list of all performed rides The table can contain the following information pro New Report Template
43. calculate fuel on the whole intervals in trips or in engine hours e Initial fuel level counter value at the beginning of the interval e Final fuel level counter value at the end of the interval e Filled volume of filled fuel only fuel fillings detected by a sensor e Stolen volume of stolen fuel As additional settings you can specify masks for sensors fuel counters including engine hours sensor When a report is generated for a single unit it makes sense to enable grouping by days weeks month Otherwise there will be only one row in the resulting table Trakpro Standard User Guide218 Page pro summarized data for the whole interval In reports for units groups without grouping a row corresponds to a unit Unit Mileage Move time Engine hours Parkings Consumed by rates Filled Stolen Fish Boat 1761km 1 days1410 47 0 00 00 2 days 19 48 49 174 lt 0 It O It Mature Morte 221 km 120445 0 00 00 3 days 15 39 08 Olt U It 0 It Riviera 9 06 km 0 14 25 0 00 00 4 days 10 37 04 106 It 147 it Fit SMS Sim004 37529 km 3 days 12 29 27 0 00 00 3 days 12 02 45 447 It 0 It U It SMS Sim011 137 km G27 44 9413 13 06 3 days 20 45 21 Olt 0 It O It SMS Sim012 49 km 11 02 56 0 00 00 3 days 19 10 04 391 It 0 It O It Speeding This kind of report shows speed limitations violations The parameters for this report are set in Unit Properties gt Advanced where you set Speed limit The messages at least two in succession
44. check box to activate the job just after creation If this check box is not marked the job will appear on the list anyway and you can activate it later Time limitations In the right part of the dialog one can define time limitations by days months time etc For instance the job can be assigned to a unit just on weekdays and within working hours from 9 AM to 6 PM Or you may want to reset traffic counter once a month on the first day of the month To do this select the day 1 Trakpro Standard User Guide112 Page pro General Time Limitations m intewal 1 09 f oo s l lo l interval 2 00 f oo joo loo m M o M tu M we Mth Mfl sal su m Iw January Iw February Iw hd arch I April I tay E UL cis C august a September Iw October a Nowember Iw December Job name and schedule are required fields other parameters are optional Execute a Command over a Unit While creating a job of this type you have to choose a command to be executed from the given list of commands supported by selected units The contents of the list depends on your equipment and its configuration Not all of selected units may support a chosen command and it is seen from the indicator wa green sign means that all selected units support this command Aa yellow triangle means that not all of selected units can perform this job In a popup window you can see the list of units which do not support it If the selected command
45. consumption by rates or math you do not need any sensors to be installed To use these method it is enough to enter necessary values in the Fuel Consumption tab of unit properties dialog In report template several methods of calculating fuel can be selected simultaneously In this case a separate column will be generated for each method Above all if there are several sensors of the same type or corresponding to the given mask and they are not summed the option Merge same name sensors is off then a separate column will be generated for each of these sensors If you want a certain sensor to be used for fuel calculations enter its name mask in the reports templates in the filter called Sensor masks If in the report template you select columns which do not match with unit configuration in the resulting report there will zeros in those cells Abbreviations used e FLS fuel level sensor e ImpFCS impulse fuel consumption sensor e AbsFCS absolute fuel consumption sensor e InsFCS instant fuel consumption sensor Fuel consumption detected by FLS as well as average consumption according to FLS can be calculated including fuel thefts or excluding them This is adjusted in additional options of a report template the checkbox Exclude thefts from fuel consumption Depending on this option you can get summarized information about fuel consumption or information about fuel consumed exactly by a vehicle Fuel level is g
46. contain any of above mentioned buttons and signs Its contents is adjusted in User Settings Remove all units from the working list the button is at the top of the table Remove a unit from the working list the button is situated against the selected unit See Unit List Management Unit List Management Unit work list affects the tracking process in many ways It is not only about what you can see on the list and display on the map but also how you manipulate units on other panels when creating jobs notifications routes querying messages reports and tracks assigning drivers looking for nearest units etc Sorting Items For your convenience the items on the list are sorted by name They can be sorted in direct alphabetical order or in reverse order To change the order use the switch button Zor Besides it is possible to sort the items on the list by other attributes like motion state connection quality etc To do this push the appropriate button in the head of the table Possible filters E motion state Piast message time S commands availability online connection state M sensor state availability Past track availability o ial pictures from messages availability amp possibility to edit unit properties e edriver information availability Trakpro Standard User Guide66 Page pro For instance to sort units by state press the button D Then at the top of the list ther
47. defaults POI with zero radius will acquire default radius 100m Geofences with control points are imported together with control points Trakpro Standard User Guide99 Page pro See the log to check how the operation goes Otherwise you can check the result by choosing the appropriate account in the filter If the import failed you get a warning alert New objects will appear on the panel where the import operation was performed At that they will be selected in the first column of the list It allows not only to see them on the map but also easily delete them all if necessary Export POI geofences to file To export POI press the mport Export button and choose the export option Then the list of all POI or geofences depending on panel where you perform export available to the current user will be displayed regardless their native account or applied filter Check objects you want to export By default objects which are selected to be displayed on the map are already selected Optionally you can enter file name and compress file as kmz After that press OK and save the file Trakpro Standard User Guide100 Page lrakpro GEOFENCES Geofence or geographical zone is some area on the map that is important for your tracking purposes Geofences can be used to control unit activity in these areas or on the contrary outside them aA 7S Aar ee ne ae p ae E M X a Fi 7 J i f z T ai a F raf Fa lee
48. each point of the track to show when date and time the message was received On big zooms information about speed becomes also available Annotations are Trakpro Standard User Guide89 Page pro rather informative but they make visual reception of track more complicated That is why it is reasonable sometimes to switch them off Full information about any point of the track can be get from the tooltip that appears when you hover the cursor over a point Sportcenter Laatzen Trip Detector Trip detector flag affects distance value and track visualization For example in places of stops and parkings there will be just one point instead of conglomeration of points and the mileage will include just intervals detected as trips Trip detector is set up in Unit Properties gt Trip Detector Like in the Messages Mode distance is calculated by coordinates it does not depend on mileage counter That is why distance in tracks can be different than mileage in reports Snap to Road Option Snap to road option is used to lock units location to existing roads when drawing a track This option cannot be used together with trip detector the previous option you can use either one or the other If a unit is located near some road according to its coordinates in message it is assumed Trakpro Standard User Guide90 Page pro that the unit is moving along the road in reality there may be some inaccuracy in data sent So s
49. for the map To help this you can hide two things e Track Player itself use the button in the top right hand corner of the tool dialog e Work Area use the button at the bottom panel DISTANCE Choose Tools gt Distance to measure the distance between two objects To indicate the initial point double click on any place of the map Then sequentially add new points At any moment you can move the map or zoom it using any of ways described above Near each point the distance from the previous point is indicated The total sum of all segments is known from the popup window in the corner To know the sum the mouse pointer must be placed over the last point of the polyline Unlike other points that are red it is white with blue border If the cursor points some other place the total sum will also Trakpro Standard User Guide267 Page pro include the distance to the current cursor position At the same time in brackets two numbers are given the sum of all segments drawn the distance to the cursor if the cursor is over the last drawn point this distance is Om When the line is on the map move the cursor along the line to get the distance from the starting point to the current cursor position Cursor position is marked by a white point if put the cursor over it becomes plus shaped and a black font is used to display distance value 5 4 j Entenfan2 w p 0n i am h i Bloen k a T g
50. from web cameras photos of crossroads weather etc In the work area in the left section of the window open POI panel Here the list of all created POI is displayed Besides POI can be used as addresses in reports in the Location columns To create and manage POI open the POI panel in the work area on the left of the screen im Pol New ImpartExport All i gj PX m 1 New vark city PAX E de_Naumburg P X m de_R cken PX Mee de_Schulpforte F x Al de_Seaside Park Hotel X C Bad de weimar PFX m OG Moskow City P WR Trakpro Standard User Guide93 Page a La a a P oe C t a E L B 4 i dll oe 2 oe P 4 Iveco Time fUU9 O09 02 15 40 13 Speed Fo kmh Coordinates 52 428478 9 781878 8 Altitude 0 mi ae Za So gqgewg 382 33 litres i H F 4 a a a 55 e e a a t E E ar Note If track is snapped to roads some points may be located not exactly on the track You can manage tracks in the left part of the window under the Show Track button It is possible to view all created tracks on the map simultaneously or select just certain track s The tracks marked with flags are displayed Unmark a track to hide it Using the checkbox at the top of the list you can select unselect all tracks at once In the tracks list there is also unit name and distance travelled during the preset period Time interval is indicated in track tooltip Use the buttons to work with
51. geofence type to create is circle with specified radius Enter name for the geofence and select the type Circle Then double click on the map in the place of supposed geofence Alter the radius if necessary and press Save mEes 1725 53 03 EN 2 gmap 1 GY Geofences All FP ghik Geofence properties ak Name gaa Type e Width Radius tm 2 Ve Area E n Ny Perimeter 1 257 km 1256 637 m 7 Y W Color E No Address source D SEB p Re Ride beginning D dangle iy Ride end E C s E Cancel Clear Save In a similar way create as many geofences as necessary Trakpro Standard User Guide16 Page Trakpro Dit you need a geofence of a more sophisticated form choose type Polygon or Line However in this case a greater number of points is required to specify geofence s borders 7 Notifications Now we can create a notification about a unit entering a geofence Go to the Notifications panel and press the Create Notification button Wialon Oi T 47 45 003 ENS Notifications Mew Moving through the dialog with the help of the Next button set the following parameters for the notification 1 Select your unit tick it 2 Choose a control type particularly Geofence control 3 Specify a check type Control entries to a geofence and select geofence s to be controlled on the list below To select several geofences press the CTRL key on the keyboar
52. hours engine hours duration It can be calculated by engine hours sensor or by ignition sensor depending on unit properties Mileage in engine hours distance travelled during engine hours operation Engine efficiency idling engine hours minus engine efficiency time Utilization percentage ratio of engine hours duration to engine hours rate Useful utilization percentage ratio of engine efficiency duration to engine hours rate Productivity percentage ratio of engine efficiency duration to engine hours duration Consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates in e h fuel volume used in engine hours It can be detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Trakpro Standard User Guide248 Page pro e Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates in e h average fuel consumption in engine hours detected by one of the methods mentioned above Events e Events count the number of events registered see Notification Fuel fillings e Total filled the volume of fuel filled during the reporting interval e Total registered registered fuel volume regardless binding to sensors and calculation methods e Difference the difference between registered and detected fillings e Total fillings the number of fuel fillings detected within the reporting period Fuel thefts e Total fuel stolen the total volume of stolen fuel e Total thefts the
53. i L P 7 as a l i f h T Tai 1 ot i eh I 4 j 1 1 A i vet fee NA i Fuchsia in JON 4 Gater side Fi C Polzeistat n Mitetfed Navigation through the map 1 Coordinates of the cursor i 570 19 9121 009 47 6361 gt i Gurtam gt Messages ES Notifications ea Pictures PA Minimap Log Be Trakpro Standard User Guide32 Page pro USING THE MAP IN DIFFERENT MODES The map is common for all of three modes Map Mode Messages Mode and Reports Mode It means that while switching between modes the zoom and coordinates of the map center remain the same Graphic elements such as track lines markers places geofences units icons stay in their places as well However graphic elements mapped in any mode can be easily on or off To display or hide these elements put marks in the corresponding check boxes in the mode selector M Messages 27 M Reports 3 khs The common map feature can be disabled To do this remove the flag USE COMMON MAP FOR ALL MODES in User Settings Then when switching between modes graphic elements of inactive modes will be disabled automatically At that map zoom and center remain the same MAP SOURCE The menu with available maps is located on the top panel of the program Select the map source you like and currently displayed map area will be reloaded from different source al WWebtals OpenStreetMap Mapnik Moo
54. in the Service Intervals tab in unit properties or just several intervals To indicate certain intervals disable Control all service intervals option and enter a mask using wildcard symbols like and Notification about maintenance triggers only once when a critical point is met mileage engine hours or time about any maintenance interval Then information about service work done should be delivered through event registrar or through unit properties dialog Only after that the notification starts working again Routine servicing Notify when service term approaches i Notify when service term is expired Mileage interval iw 100 km Engine hours interval Iw s50 h Days interval W5 days Control all service intervals m Trakpro Standard User Guide126 Page pro Notification Text The text of notification can be written in any language contain any characters words and phrases and be of any size Large messages are acceptable for e mail notifications Of course for SMS notifications it is better to form more compact messages New Notification Enter notification text using special parameters listed below They willbe substituted with real values when notification comes SUNITS exceeded idle time At P05 TIMES it moved with speed S5PEED4 near SLOCATIONS Parameter Description z UNITS Unit name CURR _TIME s Curent date and time LOCATION Unit location atthe moment of notification SPEED Unit spee
55. intervals of movement with indication of time location and other parameters such as speed mileage fuel and many others Intervals of movement trips are detected according to parameters set in Trip Detection and adjusted for each unit individually The following columns can be included in this kind of report e Beginning date and time when the trip began Trakpro Standard User Guide221 Page pro Initial location the address where the device was at the beginning of the trip End date and time when the trip ended Final location the address where the device was at the end of the trip Driver driver s name if a driver was identified Duration time interval of the trip Total time time from the first trip beginning to the last trip end useful if grouping by days is enabled Off time period of time passed from the end of the previous trip to the beginning of the current one Engine hours time of engine hours operation during the trip you can specify engine hours sensor entering name mask for it in the report template Mileage the distance traveled in the whole trip Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Urban mileage the distance traveled in urban area Suburban mileage the distance traveled in suburban area It is calculated in regard to speed The urban suburban speed line is indicated in Unit Properties gt Advanced Urban speed limit setting I
56. jobs the new route will be created It will appear in the Routes Control panel and can be tracked online or in reports Route name Route 101 tor Mazda 4630 Description Geofence Courier 007 Auto delete after finish m Control points sequence order Allow to skip Save events to unit history I Delete Routes Routes removal can be used to automatically clean Routes Control panel For instance once a day in a certain time all routes assigned to the unit can be deleted This is especially actual for finished routes To remove only finished routes set the option Trakpro Standard User Guide119 Page pro Remove finished routes only NOTIFICATIONS You can be notified about any unit activity that you consider to be significant It can be speeding location sensors values etc A notification can be delivered by e mail or SMS shown online in a popup window or just registered in the system to be included later in a report To create edit and view notifications open the Notifications panel in the work area at the left Notifications New All ff je 200 kmeter Vaia SARA rr BX Ww Alarm button trigger en en gr x Connection 62 18 FS A o el xX Hu Route wo 1 ei a el x gt lt Zona Yo 1 GG EX e Accelerometer wo 1 E 1S Baikal a El x ABe Danger too clase en ee 8 S A El x Connection loss in is Hie oe Bx How to Create a Notification 1 2 Push the New button Choose unit
57. letters of the name of the city town into the City field After typing three or more characters in the Results field a list of places starting with these letters will appear If the place you are looking for is the first on the list push lt Enter gt In other case select the necessary item in the list and click on it The similar actions can be performed in the Street field After selecting the street a list of houses located there becomes available Choose one and the map will be centered at this house The found place will be marked with a red marker Information coordinates and address if available will be displayed below If it gets into any geofences their list will be given too On the left of geofence name there will be a square box with color assigned to this geofence The search can be stopped on city or street if it is enough for you The Back button is used to go back to the street search if you are already selecting a house or to the city search if you are in the street field If you have moved the map or zoomed it you can reset changes pushing the Show button To start a new search press New search Trakpro Standard User Guide270 Page pro Address Detection To know address of a point on the map just double click on it See the address and the coordinates in the popup window If it gets into any geofences they will be listed below It is possible also to detect address by coordinates Input latitude
58. list there can be several towns with the same names in different countries User s phone numbers Key in one or more phone numbers which you are using Phone numbers should be written in international format and separated by comma with no spaces for instance Trakpro Standard User Guide46 Page pro 7903726154 15551234567 These phones can be used to send you SMS messages from Trakpro interface Change password If you push this button some additional fields will appear You will be asked to input your current password and then your new password two times New password can be applied on the login page Note However not all users are allowed to change their passwords Access key to mobile site If you are going to use mobile phone or PPC to manage the server enter the access key If you leave this field empty the access will be denied Use US metrics miles gallons By default distance is measured in meters kilometers and fuel level is given in liters Mark this check box to switch to the US units of measurement miles and gallons Use common map for all modes The option is activated by default It means that all graphics mapped in different modes map messages reports remain on the map when switching between the modes If the option is disabled graphic elements of inactive modes are disabled automatically when switching between modes Play sound for events The sound can be played for online notificat
59. long period of time To know the precise time of the latest information update place a cursor over the icon and read a tooltip Unit connection to server unit is connected Z unit is not connected Unit is considered to be online if it has TCP or UDP commands available or it has sent messages within last 10 minutes In this column sensor state can be shown if the appropriate parameters are set in Unit Properties gt Advanced gt Sensor color in the Monitoring panel El the value is unknown or the option is not activated for this unit MMM or a small square of any other color visualizes sensor s value When putting a cursor over the square in the popup window you can see the value or description The button to send a command or a message to unit there are available commands W there are available commands including GPRS commands ars there are available commands including GPRS commands however the current user has not enough access to execute them there are no commands available al View messages received from unit kl see Messages Mode Register an event like fuel filling maintenance work etc you can register an event Not enough rights to register an event for this unit See Events Registrar for details Send SMS to unit or driver the addressee is selected in the dropdown menu if both options are available To explore the full functionality of this opti
60. masks You can enter up to 4 masks Sensors masks can affect Sensors filter Counter column and information on fuel if any of these options is selected in the report template Driver This filter allows to select intervals with a certain driver or without any drivers Choose the option With driver and specify driver s name mask The resulting table will contain only intervals with a corresponding driver it does not matter whether this driver is at the beginning in the middle at the end or in all course of the interval In case there was several Trakpro Standard User Guide191 Page pro drivers all of them are considered but only the last one is displayed in the table In addition you can enable the option Retrieve intervals to retrieve only segments with a specified driver from the scope of intervals If the option Without driver is selected the resulting table will consist of intervals which contain segments without any drivers These segments can be retrieved as well Fuel fillings Intervals with fillings or without fillings can be displayed in the table If the first case is chosen then you can additionally indicate max and min filling volume in liters Fillings can be sum up In this case the indicated filling volume will be applied to the total of fillings found Fuel thefts Intervals with fuel thefts or without thefts can be displayed If the first case is chosen then you can additionally indicate max and min theft vo
61. minutes per second 1 2 3 hours per second Trakpro Standard User Guide265 Page i m oo p Regenr ckhaltebecken gt fe ieee nue Track Player Select track ette Unit O07 Monitoring Playback speed 5 min per Sec E Move map while playing n LETT Iw Ignore messages with zero speed 2011 09 27 16 35 12 gt lt gt gt Info Message 207 of 290 Time 2011 09 27 16 42 15 Speed 1 00 kmh Location Ignore Parameters adc 0 644531 10 T 1 i 1 1 i 1 r t f A 4 ie 4 a i i sA a i i i I A an 1 ar Poa i glu i ger s pe pe I M i a Lat i atsar t TN a Fischereiverein Hanngyer e By default messages with zero speed are skipped It means only intervals of movement are played However some devices do not send speed and to play their track it is necessary to disable the check box Ignore the messages with zero speed To start playing the track press the Play button At this it transforms to the Pause button which can be used to stop the playback If after a pause the playback is started again it continues from the point it stopped the previous time As messages are being played the selected unit is moving over the map It can be represented by its icon or movement state signs It is also convenient to use rotating icons see Unit Presentation on Map Trakpro Standard User Guide266 Page pro If playback
62. mode of unit group monitoring is selected Trakpro Standard User Guide69 Page pro Commands Command is a request which is sent to a unit In response the unit can send its coordinates take a picture activate an output block engine etc Available commands depend on type of device used and its configuration 13 standard commands are reserved in Trakpro system Icon Commana gt Nameinthe system Parameters sq Locate device pos get unit current location 0S E Block engine block_ engine amp Unblobkengine SS __fuunbblock_engine Activate output output_on output number L Deactivate output loutput_ off cute mae number B Download messages ldownload_msgs ldownload_msgs _ Set online report period Eal set_report_interval l interval in seconds how often the unit sends data to the server Send custom messages custom_msg command text to send a non standard command to a unit a ldriver_msg message text Re Send position lsend_position Upload configuration lupload_cfg Upload firmware lupload_sw _ PFE Query snapshot lquery_photo If your device supports a command which is not mentioned on the list above this commands can be sent anyway To do this use the standard command Send custom message In this case you should know exact name for the command how it is written in device configuration Standard names of commands can be replaced
63. multiple unit settings will be displayed Give a name to the unit select device type from the list of available devices enter unique ID IMEI or serial number and the phone number of the SIM card inserted in the device New Unit Fuel Consumption Service Intervals Name from 4to 40 characters Device type nigue ID Phone number Device access password Po pl P suppr E i a T TERRE a a F arre i T el EE eee M E The Image tab of the dialog provides an opportunity to choose the most appropriate image to display the unit on the map Press the Image Library button and choose one Trakpro Standard User Guide11 Page General Fuel Consumption Service Intervals Current image a Reset to default Rotate image M Browse Upload icon Seer ZL eSvesPeseavd B Peisaj Qo rt tvrseve SO PHASA EFESE ew PresRE lL E E TAFEPOLOTSUSIL OGS On the Advanced tab specify Speed limit km h This setting is used to generate reports on speedings arameters used in reports Speed limit kmih Urban speed limit krh Bl Maximum interval between messages seconds D Daily engine hours rate hours 0 Mileage coeficient At the end press OK button The newly created unit will appear on the list Click on unit name to locate it on the map Trakpro Standard User Guide12 Page Irakpro wialon Mis4702 07 ENS samen 1 lt Units New L o vliegende
64. ofthe previous state Not important Wax time diference between messages 1h Timeout ieee Cancel Back OK In the given window you can set general parameters for a notification as well as define the specific character of its operation The set of parameters can vary depending on notification type e Notification name Key in any mane It will be displayed on the list of notifications and in the notification itself e Time interval Trakpro Standard User Guide132 Page pro The period after which the notification will be deleted Control period from current time This is a period of between the time when the notification triggered and the current server time If this interval is exceeded the message is not taken into account Min duration of alarm state This parameter is aimed to exclude cases of accidental trigger that can be caused by equipment errors and inaccuracy For example a tracker can show that a unit left a geofence but returned 10 seconds later In this field you can define how much time the alarm state have to continue in order to be registered Choose an interval from 10 seconds up to 1 day Max triggers How many notifications can be delivered until it will be automatically deleted Generate notification 1 Only when state changed 2 For all messages In the first case the notification will trigger when unit state changes that is if at the moment when the notification was activated a unit is already i
65. panel Ge J A a we r ie a l WA T a Fil a OAE x f W a oi Units 7 ps 2 g y amp SING T sms Simon gt ANAR Xv msdag Residance M SMS Sim004 gt ON Bs Xo fg N fi amp a M Sensor Rico gt On Oe xX s MA p B Convertir Cantar Aal Ga Kae a CG TO Fish Boat gt oOWSe xX OS ceser P 0a ma o y 7 ise i i wu Avena a i M cycle Machine gt OH Dk xX o TDS Set Retyrage Waasi Radar merae n C Ott ey in p M Fuchsia Ine gt OH DS XI a ot ies i a ve ar p Mand Trae IF Fura 1475683 AC gt OH Ds Xia Vv Gogo Bordello gt ole KAA e ae o M Lorca gt OhKOex ct F Malinki Inc gt On ex et TO maaan gt O legxa H I Picasso ONSE X N Ldatzen wal G my SN wt M Riviera gt li S X p if 4 M E swssim2 gt Olaa g xA a zeg Autghaus Durka N R M E SmS Simoo gt on Ss xX a O a as 4 nage A oa amp TTT New position d Unt SMS Sim ected at 111151 Conama YA Moores 1 F SMS simo08 S li S X hi 11 11 46 New position of unih SMS Si mO3F was detected at 11 11 51 yn Mrwercran 10r 1 Mipaci mp E 8 OMS Sim012 gt ia wey ae x i 11 11 46 New position of unit SMS Si mO004 was detected at 11 11 51 yn JjonroSpogoxan Manor 1 W l 41 42 47 SMS from unit SMS SimO04 was received PC 0002 20007 t 1 09 42 51 5352 6696 N 02737 6424 43 0km 162 9 4 010000 M 00268 190 gt i
66. parameters The numeration is added to the table as its first column N Beginning End Duration Location 1 2010 03 01 00 00 42 2010 03 01 10 26 22 10 25 40 Walsroder Strafe Langenhagen DE 2 2010 03 01 10 55 44 2010 03 01 11 14 47 0 19 03 Hildesheimer Strafie Hannover Germany 3 2010 03 01 11li2li4 2010 03 01 11 32 51 0 11 04 m Eisenwerk Laatzen DE 4 2010 03 01 11 52 29 2010 03 01 14 07 02 2 14 33 2 Allee Hannover Germany 5 2010 03 01 14 23 21 2010 03 01 15 31 37 1 08 16 Ikea 6 2010 05 01 15 46 51 2010 03 01 17 15 11 1 28 20 Expo Allee Nord Hannover Germany 7 2010 03 01 17 52 19 2010 05 01 23 59 34 6 07 15 Walsroder Strae Langenhagen Niedersachsen Germany When numeration and detalization meet together you get two level numeration The first level is a usual numeration of main rows with integer numbers The second level is the numeration of nested rows as main row number dot nested row number Time Limitation Time limitations can be applied to tables to limit data analysis by some time intervals days of the week days of the month or months For example you can select working days and working time to be considered while generating the table However if a state for example a trip began within the indicated interval and finished outside this interval the state will not be cut off and its duration will be wholly included in the report Intervals Filtration Several tables are supplied with addit
67. pro It is recommended to include Statistics to any report as it contains the basic information about the report itself Statistics is adjusted in report template in the section of Advanced settings Check fields you would like to include in Statistics For your convenience items are divided into subgroups To select all items in a subgroup tick the checkbox near its name If any item in statistics is checked the section Statistics appears at the left part of the report template You can edit it if you click on the button against it Then you can add and remove items rename them and change their position In the middle column the subgroup is indicated Report Template Properties Complete report port properties Name Complete report Type Unit gt Add Table Add Chart onens Advanced settings Statistics L Options Map output Trips Yl amp m Statistics Statistics Connection f a C Counter sensors f g x Engine hours Events Executed commands m Fuel fillings E v Fuel thefts Total fuel stolen Total thefts Insurance cases Maintenance Non visited qeofences Parkings SMS messages Stops LI Trips Unfinished rides Unit latest data C Utilization cost _ Violations t otreets Use Ctrl Click to select multiple items Cancel GK When a report is generated online or exported to file Statistics is always displayed at the
68. report They are used in the same way as in Routes report Routes If any routes were assigned to unit and events about routes were stored in unit history a report based on these event can be generated e Beginning route beginning time activation time or entrance in the first control point e Initial location unit location at the beginning of the route e End route end time entrance to the last point e Final location unit location at the end of the route e Route name route name e Geofence the name of the geofence which was used for the route e Result Finished the route was activated successfully and later on the entrance to the last point was detected or Not finished the lat point was not visited e Skipped points the number of control point skipped on this bases more detailed report can be generated see Route points e Duration time taken to perform the route e Total time time from the first route beginning to the last route end useful if grouping by days is enabled e Mileage distance traveled while performing the route e Avg speed average speed on the route e Max speed maximum speed on the route e Count the number of routes e Driver driver s name or code if available e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Reginin Initial location Fiil Fittal boesaitiont Route natti Geofence Resul Skipped points Duration 2011 10 21 11421 Messegelande Hannover Germany 2011 10 21 11 421
69. speed is not very high the map is centered on each message However you can adjust a handy zoom and scale for the map and disable the flag Move map while playing Then the map will not jump automatically while playing Track playback can be invoked from any message Navigate throughout the track by clicking on any place of the timeline If just hovering the timeline time is indicated above To navigate through a track you can also use arrow shaped buttons to move to the next previous point of the track When the playback comes to the end the timeline shows 100 To start playing the track again press the reset button and then press the play button again When the reset button is pressed you can see unit s current location for a short time but then the unit returns to the first point of the track Additional information is available below in 4 sections mark the appropriate checkboxes to expand necessary sections 1 Information message number of the whole number of messages message time speed and location 2 Parameters available parameters and their values 3 Sensors available sensors and their values visible sensors only 4 Pictures if the device used is able to send pictures they are displayed As a track is played all data in these sections is refreshed dynamically according to message being played at the moment Nyote Sometimes Track Player can occupy much room of the screen and not enough space will remain
70. the previous message and the current one divided on time between these two messages e Coordinates latitude and longitude in the brackets the number of satellited locked is displayed e Location country city street if available If address information is not available the coordinates are displayed e Parameters if available can be given in one row if raw data is selected or separate column for each parameter if sensors values is selected messages by parameters You can filter e Image if available the button to display a picture made by unit and sent with the message e Delete if allowed checkboxes to delete messages Red rows in the table mean alarm messages registered by the system Trakpro Standard User Guide164 Page F E en aF Pa piim Time 2010 03 23 00 26 31 2 T a x me F Speed 55 kmh IA SN hiss Coordinates 45 453962 26 15145 5 45 452495 28 152166 ae Altituge am i EE nll FLS 4211 00 litres Time Speed kmh Coordinates Parameters D 1 2010 03 23 00 06 49 O0 45 468947 728 188295 9 param22 1 ade1 4 34 param241 25506 countert O KO 0r0 E z 2010 03 23 00 14 17 10 45 4685359 28 159374 9 param22 1 ade1 4 219 param241 25506 countert 1 3 fo 1s0 D 3 2010 03 23 00 14 27 11 45 468589 286 189352 8 param22 1 adce1 4 335 param241 25506 countert 21 fo 1s0 m 4 2010 03 23 00 19 19 16 45 46721 25 185805 10 param 2 1 ade1 4 24 param241 25506 countert G97 KO 110 I 5
71. the Address tool e 8 the Routing tool e 9 the Hittest tool e OQ the Nearest Units tool Shortcuts for panels elements e Q Monitoring e W Tracks e E POI e R POI e A Shortcuts e S Notifications e D Routes e Z Units Trakpro Standard User Guide37 Page pro e X Users e C Unit Groups e V Drivers Other shortcuts e hide show the Work Area e L show hide the Log The hints for the shortcuts are given in brackets as it is shown in the picture Calendar 23 August 2011 12 38 August 2011 The calendar is used in many cases Tu We Th Fr e to indicate date and time when a notification job or route should be activated e to specify time interval to generate a report or query messages e to register events and drivers working shifts The calendar allows to set time accurate within minutes Time format is date month year hours minutes It can work with dates since the 1st January 1971 There are several methods to handle the calendar and quickly set up a desired date and time manual input clicking buttons using mouse scroll etc Method 1 Date and time can be adjusted without opening the calendar itself in the text field above it You can input 23 Mar 2011 fbas numbers straight from the keyboard or use the mouse Trakpro Standard User Guide38 Page pro scroll Place the cursor over time element
72. the shape of the icon is defined by state if standing square if moving arrow and the color depends on sensor value intervals and colors are adjusted in unit properties Alternatives for Names Unit names can be e disabled the button in the ground panel e replaced with drivers names the option Replace unit names with drivers names in User Settings Other Markings If a unit is currently in motion a green arrow shows os movement direction and the unit can be followed by a a blue tail trace which shows unit track for several latest messages If the unit is stationary according to the last message this arrow is not shown If there was no motion within several latest messages the trace is Trakpro Standard User Guide61 Page pro not shown or the page has been just loaded Trace default length is 5 messages however it can be changed together with trace width and color in User Settings Both direction arrows and traces can be disabled To do this use the appropriate buttons in the ground panel Te hide show unit traces kb hide show unit movement directions Icons Explanation The list of all icons which can be found in the Monitoring panel is presented below Depending on your individual needs you can hide or show certain columns in the dialog User Settings gt Monitoring Panel EP Monitoring O 2 unit E e Te aeH O tu us G C P sms Simi r BQ ERP SZGaesgx
73. them Enable or disable maa certain job The first left column shows how many times the job has been executed the second right column shows maximum executions allowed Buttons to view and or alter job properties depending on your access fa A X Delete selectedjobo o O Dyote If a job belongs to some account to which your access is view it will be still executable however you will not be able to change its state edit or delete it the corresponding buttons will be dimmed Configuring Jobs To create a new job press the New button In the dialog choose job type e Execute a command over a unit e GPRS traffic accounting e Modify users access level e Mileage accounting e Engine hours accounting e Send fuel information by e mail or SMS e Senda report by e mail e Assign a route e Delete routes Then follow instructions in the dialog For any type you have to select units to apply this job to and set the basic parameters like activation time and schedule For each type of job adjust also individual parameters described below Trakpro Standard User Guide109 Page lrakpro New Job select job type Execute a command over unitis GPRS traffic accounting Modify users access level Mileage accounting Engine hours accounting rey oH O O O Send fuel information by e mail or Sis Send a report by e mail Assign a route e c c Delete routes Cancel Selecting
74. tracks a locate the initial final position of the track center the map on the track X remove track from the map using the delete button at the top of the list you can delete all tracks at once Special tools can be applied to a track e Hittest allows to get the exhaustive information for any point of the track e Track Player allows to playback the track Trakpro Standard User Guide94 Page pro Creating POI POI are created on the POI panel Press the New button and double click on the map to locate a new POI Fill in the dialog of POI properties at least name is required An alternative way to create POI is to import them from a file POI Properties New FOI Mame SkySicrapers Miz px Image Load Image Image Library Description a href http wi mmdergr ound com fUS SHY New YorE hnhtul simnandmoon gt lt ing srce http r r weathersticker wunderground con weathersticker sunandmoon langage Latitude 43 053150 Longitude r 2 168151 Visibility scale from 20 m 100 to 500 km 500 mi Radius m 120 Show circle fw Cancel JRK Name Name is a required parameter for POI It can be of one or more symbols Besides you can specify font color and size It has sense if POI names on map are enabled in User Settings Image Each POI can have its own image An image can be chosen from standard icons Image Library button or loaded from your computer Load Image bu
75. type 5 Press OK The command will be executed immediately and its result will be reported in the log Pictures from Messages If the equipment supports such a possibility units can send pictures together with messages Pictures can be viewed in the Messages Mode as well as in the Monitoring panel To display a special column in the Monitoring panel activate the option PICTURE FROM MESSAGE in User Settings gt Monitoring Panel Trakpro Standard User Guide82 Page _ p i d if d Ff el n r amo a j e m We P a i p AK i 4 PSF Lae fc bal ar E ity i r y i w a d pr J EY EP Monitoring imaa Q amp A PESA e Ea W 2 Cycle Machine H OWHWEZ S HS Lua 12 C Fish Boat pr OHWE See a Ta 1 M 2 Fuchsia Inc Hr ll ga s Dal 16 M Fura 1475683 AC ry OW Zz opg kal 1 M Gogol Bordello Hr OW FZ lt Fa lal 1S Mo Lorca H gt oOll r amp ual M amp Malinki inc H OW FS amp e Ws x After pressing the button picture viewer will be displayed You can view all the pictures received during the current session as well as the latest picture received before you logged in The above mentioned way is to view pictures of a certain unit To view last pictures of ALL units press the pictures button at the bottom of the screen 2010 09 01 10 02 39 7 days 5 53 07 ago Fish Boat E 372 M 09 gt re 32 Trakpro Standard User Guide83 Page _ r i j if lt 1 a oe a of ot NM 1
76. unit status registered during engine hours operation if there are several the first one is displayed Driver driver s name if such was identified Movement productivity percentage ratio of engine hours in movement to engine hours duration Engine efficiency duration the duration of attached implements operation if having engine efficiency sensor Engine efficiency idling engine operation time after deduction of efficiency time total engine hours subtract engine efficiency duration Utilization percentage ratio of engine hours duration to engine hours rate engine hours divided by daily engine hours rate indicated in unit properties Useful utilization percentage ratio of engine efficiency duration to engine hours rate Productivity percentage ratio of engine efficiency duration to engine hours duration Trakpro Standard User Guide199 Page pro Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates fuel volume used in engine hours It can be detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Avg consumption by average consumption in engine hours Consumed by in trips fuel volume used in engine hours while moving Consumed in idle run by fuel volume used in engine hours during idle running Avg consumption in idle run by average fuel consumption in idling Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the interval Fin
77. vehicle double click on the map or choose a street and a list of vehicles that are near E would he generated City Street a l a oe h a i T A TEE ai o M Streets Buildings 1 i w At hS Metto M i p i we _ Humber of units to show 5 E biei Satz Mette 5 t p ae Use routing E ian Hate aa 7 TOSS Routing provider WebGIS Geotence All Data for last Anptime i _ Hearest units i i Cycle Machine 0 295 km Mela a Pantera 0 322 km Melgquindes Buendia 0 601 km p P Lorca 0 375 km m p Gogol Bordello 0 668 km m i Wirtschaft soe 5 ee p a i P32 P35 14 aati Fro nter If you are not satisfied with search results please check your work list because the search of nearest units is made on the basis of units displayed on this list Trakpro Standard User Guide278 Page
78. was bound to the unit manually or automatically Usage While Tracking Online The name of the driver is displayed if available in unit info tip To activate this option check Driver in User Settings The photo and phone number is also displayed if available J r a A Tep EF ki fl ie P i AE A ten A ees ette Unit OOF o o Device type wWialon Retranslator ES a Unique IE 123456709000014 P a Phone F Im Bucs Last message 2011 09 27 13 24 11 1 seconds ago KA Location Vulteroder Strale Hannover Germany Speed 1 kmh at 7 Y John Smith 15077564530 Besides it is possible to have a special column in the monitoring panel to display drivers er For this it is required to activate Show drivers column in User Settings Trakpro Standard User Guide158 Page pro y Monitoring g Z Units t E al K Sp gt i x E W 2 Cyce Machine Qa ie amp Ds e Bs M o ette Unit oot Q gt W ROX ae M Fish Boat g gt a 2 a i O Picasso Q o op JH ar E Driver Ye Ee W Sensor Rico gt lie amp Ton Een re w sms simz Q amp gt JI g Phone number 19077564530 E Mo sms Simons r OH amp M sms simoor gt lig Attention When a new driver is assigned information about it in tooltip is refreshed within a minute not instantly Drivers names can be displayed on the map instead of unit names To do that
79. with aliases In addition an alias can hold predefined parameters of command execution This is adjusted for each unit individually in its properties There are several ways to send a command to a unit 1 Manually from the Monitoring panel including commands sent to a group of units 2 Asa job fulfilled according to schedule 3 Asan action for a triggered notification command is sent when specified conditions are met 4 Froma mobile device by means of simple SMS text message 5 From a mobile device with the help of Trakpro Mobile v1 Trakpro Standard User Guide70 Page pro Information about commands sent to a unit is available e Inthe Messages Mode all commands sent to unit e In Executed commands report only successfully executed commands e Immediately after sending a command in the log Executing Commands from the Monitoring Panel In the Monitoring panel there can be a button to send commands If not it can be activated through User Settings dialog The button can obtain different looks there are available commands for the selected unit Mirsthere are GPRS commands among available or Hrsthere are no commands supported by the selected unit or the current user has not enough access to the unit Put the cursor over the active button against the needed unit to see the list of available commands The list can contain standard commands as well aliases EP Monitoring O 2 uni SR AVZ OVASEEO C amp Mali
80. with different configuration of columns data grouping and other Settings To add any of above mentioned tables to the template click the Add Table button and choose a table from the list Each table type has its set of columns which can form this table After you have chosen table type the list of columns available is displayed below Check the columns you would like to include in the resulting table To select all columns at once press lt ctrl gt on the keyboard and click on any checkbox To make all columns unselected repeat the same operation This combination works also for reports where you choose geofences events etc Trakpro Standard User Guide183 Page Irakpro You can rename columns clicking on their names and editing the text In the same way you can change the name of the table itself the Name text box at the top of the dialog To restore default column names use the button Restore default E when it is gray it means the current name is default BESIDES YOU CAN APPLY TO THE COLUMNS ANY SEQUENCE ORDER MOVE THEM UP AND DOWN DRAGGING THE BUTTON The following tables for units and unit groups can be added to a report EI e Table Parameters e Intervals Filtration e Chat e Chronology e Connection Problems e Counter Sensors e Custom Fields e Digital Sensors e Engine Hours e Events e Executed Commands e Fuel Fillings e Fuel Thefts e Geofences e GPRS Traffic e Maintenance e Non visited Geofe
81. you can see all logins logouts to from different interfaces of Trakpro Hosting for the specified period However the most convenient way to control users activity is through special reports on users where you can generate the most detailed tables on user logins and logouts as well as get charts of their activity by hours and days Access of users to units can be changed not only automatically e with the help of the appropriate job for instance you can allow access only during Trakpro Standard User Guide149 Page pro the working shift e with the help of the notification with the appropriate action for instance deny access when a route is complete Being logged in Trakpro Hosting you can send SMS messages to a user Individual settings can be transferred from one user to others Importing User Settings Settings can be transferred from one user to others These settings are taken from the User Settings dialog the tabs Settings Map and Monitoring Panel Settings import is possible only on the main interface of Trakpro Hosting Settings are exported on the Users panel where there is a special button against each user gt if the button is dimmed it means you have no rights to change any settings of this user edit or manage access is required ImportiExport User settings Select user to exporttrom user Time zone LS metrics flag Writ into tip contents Monitoring panel configuration Writ visualizatio
82. 0 To 31 October 2011 23 59 lt 5 Execute Clear lz Report Templates New lmoorvlExport A Complete report SAX Connection JAX Daily repon JD X rivers fax Fuel consumption f Ex nana 4A stde65656 JAX Thefts and Idles Fx Thefts and Idles Sox Weekly report Jox Report Result The Reports Mode window can be separated into four sections e Inthe top left hand corner the basic parameters to generate a report are adjusted e Inthe bottom left hand corner you create and store your report templates After an online report is generated this section changes for the navigation bar e Inthe top right hand section there is the map e Inthe bottom right hand section you see the report itself if it has been generated online A report appears in the form of tables and charts Trakpro Standard User Guide170 Page pro The sizes of the sections are changeable Click on the horizontal or vertical slider and holding the left mouse button drag it up down or left right QUERY AND VIEW REPORTS To generate a report set the following parameters Report template Choose a report template from the Template Connection P dropdown list On the right of the oe Object Cycle Machine P selected template there is a button to l Interval Specified interval display template properties for viewing fram 371 October 2011 00 00 and editing Df no templates are To 31 October 2011 23 59 available it is impossible to g
83. 04 km 0 13 00 42 kmh 132 kmh lex Sigmer Store N 47 Storehouses 2010 05 04 12 42 07 2010 05 04 13 01 07 6 21km 0 19 00 20 km h 99 kmh Glex Sigmer McDonalds Store W847 2010 05 04 13 02 07 2010 05 04 13 15 07 904km 0 13 00 42 kmh 71 kmh Glex Sigmer Store Wd Storehouses 2010 05 04 13 16 07 2010 05 04 13 43 07 6 21km 0 27 00 14 kmh 65 kmh Glex Sigmer McDonalds Store N84 2010 05 04 13 44 07 2010 05 04 13 57 07 904km 0 13 00 42 km h 132 kmh Glex Sigmer See Rides to find out more information about additional parameters for Unfinished rides Utilization Cost The table on utilization costs unites two kinds of expenses maintenance and fillings Both of these things have their own detailed tables see Maintenance and Fuel Fillings This tables is designed to show running costs Note that only fillings registered manually in a special Events Registrar get here no fillings detected by a fuel sensor The table can be composed of the following columns e Time date and time that were indicated during the registration e Registration time date and time when the event was registered e Expense item maintenance or filling e Description custom description entered when registering e Location location indicated while registering together with comments entered manually e Cost service or filling cost e Count the number of services and or fillings e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Time Registration time Kind of service Description Locat
84. 18 minutes 3 seconds 2022S 22 40 20 z hours 1 minutes 23 02 36 2010 03 03 08 17 22 9 hours 14 minutes 2010 03 05 08 56 56 2010 03 04 08 17 15 22 hours 50 minutes 2010 03 04 08 47 13 2010 03 05 06 40 29 23 hours 29 minutes 2010 03 05 09 12 15 23 59 00 13 hours 42 minutes WO WM Me FP FP PP amp om Detalization can be applied only to grouped tables it does not affect detailed tables Total The Total raw can be added to any table regardless its type grouping or detalization applied The total raw is added as the last raw in the table and contains the resulting information such as total duration of a state total number of events registered etc Trakpro Standard User Guide188 Page pro Date Beginning End Duration Count 010 03 01 00 00 42 010 03 02 08 08 22 1 days 5 hours 6 2010 03 02 08 44 49 010 03 03 08 17 22 2 hours 46 minutes 4 010 03 03 06 56 56 010 03 04 08 17 15 22 hours 50 minutes 32 010 03 04 08 47 13 010 03 05 08 40 29 23 hours 29 minutes 32 2010 05 05 09 12 15 23 59 00 13 hours 42 minutes 3 2010 03 01 00 00 42 2010 03 05 23 59 00 4 days 16 hours 17 In online reports the total raw is located at the bottom of the window regardless the number of pages in the table or scrolling bar location Location information is not given in the total raw replaced by dashes Row Numbering Row numeration can be added to any table type To switch the numeration on check Row numeration box in table advanced
85. 2010 03 23 00 19 39 10 45 466752 28 1855581 10 param22 1 adcel 4 327 param241 25506 countert 27 lfo 1so TF 5 2010 03 23 00 25 74 53 45 4602759 28 168518 10 param2 2 1 adcel 4 234 paramz241 25506 counterdi 479 KO 1r0 E T 2010 03 23 00 26 31 85 45 453962 28 15145 9 param2 2 1 ade1 4 211 param241 25506 counterd 188 KO 170 m a 2010 03 23 00 27 32 88 45 451606 28 132499 10 param2 2 1 adc1 4 269 param 241 25506 counterd 202 lfo 1 f0 TF z 2010 03 23 00 28 34 66 45 449283 286 11329 10 param2 2 1 adci 4 325 param241 25506 counterdi 207 KO 170 D 10 2010 03 23 00 30 38 27 45 447414 25 09423 105 param22 1 adel 4 275 param241 0 counternli 245 KO 170 m E EN E ja Page of 1 i Displaying 1 to 10 from 10 messages T x Statistics In the Statistics section the general information about the request is given e Total messages the number of messages for the whole period Total time the interval between the first and the last message in the selected period e Distance the distance traveled by the unit within the indicated time interval calculated by coordinates mileage counter does not affect this value e Average speed the average of all soeed values registered during the period e Maximum speed the maximum speed registered Using the Map The track for the chosen period is displayed on the map It is generated together with the table Click on any message in the table to move to this point on the map The ma
86. 2011 11 04 11 40 47 2011 11 04 11 41 00 2011 11 04 11 43 11 2011 11 04 11 43 40 4011 11 04 11 44 07 2011 11 04 14 44 14 2011 11 04 14 47 43 Bindings Type gent Recieved gent Recieved Recieved gent Gent Recieved Recieved Recieved Text 5 orders in Central park area OK Ready 5 mir Got jammed Richard Wagner st fa entrance 3 Strombringer ave 354 West Ath st 1667 Opera house back entrance Kings parkway 47 Accepted Route finished 505 Broke down Between Kings Parkway and 47th East street Phone 375299000200 379299000200 375299000200 375299000200 379299000200 375299000200 379299000200 375299000200 379299000200 375299000200 A table of Bindings can be built for each driver This report shows which units the selected driver was working on for how long how much fuel was consumed distance traveled etc The following columns can be included in this kind of report e Beginning date and time when the driver was assigned e Initial location the address if available at that moment e End date and time when the driver was reset e Final location the address if available at that moment e Duration time interval of the trip e Total time time from the first trip beginning to the last trip end useful if grouping by days is enabled Modem phone 3 SUOOOOO000 3 SUOO0O0000 3 SUOOUO0000 3 SUOO000000 3 SUOOOO0000 Trakpro Standard User Guide257 Page
87. 52 0 42 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 1 08 20 0 44 20 0 24 00 28 km 64 9 38 0 2010 01 27 10 42 37 041 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 27 10 52 27 0 37 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 0 09 50 0 03 50 0 06 00 0 15km 390 5 5 2010 01 27 11 20 27 0 36 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 27 11 29 57 0 42 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 0 09 30 0 03 30 0 06 00 014km 36 8 5 3 2010 01 27 11 31 57 0 42 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 27 13 09 47 1 37 50 1 03 50 0 34 00 38 km 65 2 54 4 e Beginning time when ignition was on Trakpro Standard User Guide198 Page pro Initial location location at the moment when the ignition was on End time when ignition was off Final location location at the moment when the ignition was off Off time period of time passed from the end of the previous interval to the beginning of the current one Engine hours time interval of engine or attached implements operation Total time time from the beginning of the first engine hours interval to the end of last interval useful if grouping by days is enabled In movement time when the unit had been moving within this interval Idling time when the unit was standing with the engine on Mileage distance traveled with engine on Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Counter counter sensor value Initial counter counter value at the beginning Finale counter counter value at the end Status
88. 7 Messegelande Hannover Germany New Moute Jedra FrronterRoule Notfinished U UCU 2011 10 21 1311 06 Europaplab Hannover Genan 2011 10 21 134010 Europaglat Hannover Genrany Route 7 Frontier Roule Finished 1 0 70 05 2011 10 21 13 42 55 Messegelande Hannover Germany 2011 10 2114 10 18 Europaplatz Hannover Germany Route 3 FrontierRowie Finished 2 1 27 23 2011 10 28 11 4217 Messegel nde Hannover Germany 2011 10 28 11 42 17 Messegel nde Hannover Germany Mew Route 36470 Frontier Rowe WNotinished 0 0 00 00 2001 10 28 191705 Europaplatz Hannover Germany 2011 10 28 194010 Europaplal Hannover Gernany Roule 5 Frontier Rowi Finished 1 0 29 05 2011 10 28 13 42 55 Meesegelande Hannover Gemnany 2011 10 28 14 1016 Europaplatz Hannover Gernany Route 364 Frontier Route Finished l 0 27 23 How different route statuses are defined route beginning route end point skipped point visit etc Trakpro Standard User Guide215 Page T i l tinie MATNINI 0 25 05 0 27 23 0 00 00 0 29 05 O26 Mileage 0 00 km 7 03 kii 6 km 0 00 krin T 03 ki 6 66 km pro In addition in report template you can indicate masks for geofences and routes It means you can get in a report not all routes performed by a unit within the indicated period but only the routes which use a certain geofence or which correspond to the given mask of route name Both filters can be used simultaneously or separately from each other Besides these filters affec
89. ALENDAR cerren tense RE EEE N EEE AE TE E 40 Piter NL a E e E EE A E EEA EE E 40 EOT FORMATON eee ee A E EE 41 DYNAMIC FUTE R tenses enc nce E EE E E SEE E O E 41 NAME MAS Kocarriieri iraina E EN seein A E E eaten se eeracenteca ices 42 EPOR oa E E eens 43 Trakpro Standard User Guide1 Page BSS ENS E anc pate ssc E T N A ETE E T TE 45 Gonera ENE ana E ee ee ee ee nen 45 Monitoring Panel Settings enics E Tii 50 PV TAS EREN E EEA A EE A EA A EE E A EA A E NEEE A EE T 52 AC OE ea E E A E E E T N E E E eee ee eee 54 MONTORE neern E E A E E N E E E 55 lons E PNO a E E A EE 62 Unit List Management esessessessessessessessessessersessersreserssesrrsresresresresrrosessroseoseosessessessesseesesseeseee 66 CONI S n E E E oonsestseannsanieeceeonsteascsne 70 SONE SIV E Se a E EEEE 75 EVENS ROBIS AT sossintarerirene na SEEE ESE EEO 76 Unit SOUS M nitOrnNg s stievcitsctconsaieisbeasecaenss e A A AE T i 81 SENDING COMMANDS MESSAGES TO UNIT GROUP nesssssssseseeeeesssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrrreeees 82 Pict res TU ON MESSages acces pac ccecaesa tetenecsecadawasastasciedsecacmaaaeetpeiuaneasasacaanuarsieesenuseeaseeneceaseasseenieoe 82 EOC AOI aie sce sere see nees A sconces dnsanec acecosiee A AS E 84 Ua EAE T AE A E E A E A A E T 86 ROW CO Map AE Ci E E 86 A e e E E E EA E E E E E A E E E E 88 TKP rae a ee E E EE A E EEE T 89 SEE AEE A ee A E E EA E EE A EE E E C 92 E E E AE E A E E ET E T 93 Cee PO e A A A 95 POU aa Sree sensns E 97 Iimp rt
90. AM EST ip gt x ees ae Moon Set 04 56 PM fest O Pai de_vveimar eo J E a x New York G gt e Clear ga m pU Plant tne rgroe Tae E lt lt 3 m 4 Shop 26 A es a All POI regardless account they belong to are displayed on the list However you can easily filter them by this parameter To do this in the dropdown list choose account name to display only POI belonging to this account This filter is not displayed if the current user has access only to one account To find a POI by name use the dynamic filter The following buttons can be used to manage created POI Change POI location When you push this button against a POI a red marker appears on its place Double click on any other place on the map to move your POI there and press Save Otherwise press Cancel to ignore changes Edit or view POI properties These buttons are used to open POI Properties dialog where you can edit POI or just view its properties depending on your access Delete POI x To remove place press the Delete button against it and confirm your intension You 3 can even delete several POI at once if you check them and press the Delete button at the heading of the table Owote If you have just view access to the account where a POI is located you cannot move edit or delete this POI That is why the corresponding buttons are dimmed Trakpro Standard User Guide98 Page pro Import Export POI and Geofences Your POI and geofences can
91. Area e Address e Routing e Hittest e Nearest Units Trakpro Standard User Guide264 Page pro TRACK PLAYER It is possible to view how unit was moving and how its various parameters were changing with time This tool is applied to tracks only There three ways to get a track on the map 1 Inthe Map Mode open the Tracks panel and request tracks of unit movement for the indicated period 2 Inthe Messages Mode while viewing messages for the indicated period the track is mapped automatically 3 Inthe Reports Mode while generating a report the track is mapped if the corresponding option Trip routes or All messages on map is selected in report template 4 Tracks can be built directly from the monitoring panel with the Fast Track Building button A track is chosen in the dropdown list Track names coincides with unit name in brackets it is specified in which mode the track was built monitoring reports messages When you choose one or another track the map moves to it and the unit itself appears in the first point of the track regardless its current location A unit being played is easily distinguished from the real unit by the color of its name purple for playable units red for real units While the playback is performed the real unit temporarily disappears from the map After selecting a track choose the most appropriate speed for its playback real time speed 10 or 30 seconds per second 1 5 10 or 30
92. Ay 5 w aly F IY Pn eh M PO gt A1 ity L il u s gt Ie Ti To move between images use arrows Between them you can see the number of the pictures viewed and the number of available images Pictures are sorted according to the time they come to the server Above each picture there is its date and time Under each picture you can see a unit name and address information from the message Some pictures can be enlarged with a special button in the right top corner To close a picture viewer use the button in the right bottom corner you can get a picture from a unit at any time using the QUERY SNAPSHOT command Locator Using the locator you can make information about your units available on outside sources i e other Internet sites Units are displayed on the map with their icons Clicking on a unit you get more information about it last message time actuality soeed The feature works only with Google Maps Hyh rid Te rl Satellite e Kadysheva i Kinderi ree gs TH gt BERE Va IKanhuian Berezovka ec wia pan ox i a KON BHA b iae e epe eae a i 4 BepeJdBkA 4 Moskows kiy SED i rayon Be fined i tect MAN 1238 RU aiam Rempreri er Pewrp t Time 2010 11 26 14 34 59 aT I 01 nine Actuahty 1 minutes age Chebak MH _ _ mac es F a Speed 0 kmh We ae I E ee a kil hak lt a a ion
93. E M F 55 40 656315 49 524667 4 Active Log 43 5 angine_rorned temp_int 0 a i 40 660758 49 520957 4 Active Log adc2 0 pwr _int13 5 engine_rom 0 tempin E fg AQ BBUF GS 49 520957 4 Active Log adc2 0 pwr _int 13 5 engine_rpm 0 tarng_int 0 E pro 0of2 gt bl Displaying 251 to 274 from 712 messages YT X The width of the columns is also customizable To change it drag column edge with the mouse to the required direction To reset columns width push Set column auto width button in such a way that A letter appeared there To save columns width when moving to other page of messages make the button inactive Table s content is adjustable It is possible to hide and show back any column To choose columns to be displayed place the cursor over table s header Near each column name there is a button to show the dropdown list where you can choose what to display Note that all columns cannot be hidden simultaneously If sensors are displayed each of them has its own column which can be enabled or disabled By default only visible sensors are displayed the rest can be enabled manually Messages Filter To quickly find a necessary message or filter found messages by a parameter use a special filter If applied to data messages with parameters shown as raw data the filter involves parameter names in SMS messages and registered events message event text in sent commands additional parameters va
94. Export POI ANd GEOTENCES iiss cicccvcasnscdtoiwiapsdudewsaaladainssnccaansedbecnoasedsvassntaivbvapssanesibbadneapedsdeins 99 GOT ONC OS caso pacer A E E E A E A A 101 Bae EEE E E S E E E EEEE EE SEET E S EET 101 Geolences SVAN SIUM irrien E E E 104 BSE eA E E EA E E E EE yo A A N EE E A E ET 105 JOD oaaae E A A E A E A E A E 107 COnNEOrnNEJO DS are ana E re re ee eee eee 109 Modify Users Access Level n sssesessesureresurersureresurserurererunrerureresunserurererunserureresansersrererunrerurerenuns 114 NOS about COUMTES saaren S 115 Senma ReDo Dy E T 116 Send Information about Fuel ccccccccccssssssseecccccccseeeseeeceeceesaueeeeeeceeesseueuseeeeeeessueaseeeeeeeeesaaas 117 Trakpro Standard User Guide2 Page pro VOT SHA OU CROCS orreri Errr ea er EE E EE EEE EEE O E E 119 NOOC IUO orra E A E EE E E E E A E E EE E E E 120 NOC ON TYPE sea E OE 121 OCCA OA TE E E E E E EE 127 Noak aton ACO ea E E E E E E E E 129 Notification ParaMeters cccsssssccccccccceesssseecccccsseessseeecccessaeaesseeeeceessauauseeeeeeeessauanseeeeeesessaggasses 132 Notifications Management essssssseesesrersssrerssrrresrreresrrerssreresrrressrersrtresereresetressrereserressrereseeresere 135 Onine Nore ATON eenen E E E E O A EE 136 Propor AROE srn A E 138 Catlin a RO E ea E T A E E E 139 POE CONTO lenn AA 141 BOSS Managemen lesararnar E aes tea te Aaa 145 EUa e EE E ETE IE E E E E T T EE TE 147 Bi as see E E A T A A E T E O A ce yedeesc
95. Hollander ge Fi x It will also appear in the monitoring panel MEA 15 58 41 03 EN Se ro Monitoring M A unis UEA 29 2B OF GO cA a 1 i an aa ral i L A i i LO a e 4 7 a 2 F T 1 i P r hindertenperkplat ae a a ie i aot a a T 4 hir 4 T 4 1 T i 7 F wil 4 i m Li T i q T i i5 i a wt k a ae ig L T T 1 eo t p i F L i TE p Po aN 5 4 M Viegende Hollander rolf ox EVY 2 5 Unit Check a Log After creating a unit data from it starts coming in the system as long as the unit is configured correctly Each incoming message appears in the log To see the log open it pressing the button in the bottom right hand corner of the program Trakpro Standard User Guide13 Page Mien li Ig ak F is i y EA ji Taf om Netto Y atig oe Nato A 3 pin fy Ost19 TEZEI N 16 21 45 Hew position of unit vliegende Hollander was detected at 16 21 55 Niedersachsen Germany 16 21 59 Hew position of unit vliegende Hollander was detected at 16 22 11 Niedersachsen Germany 16 22 09 New position of unit Wegende Hollander was detected at 16 22 22 Hannover Ger many lr 16 22 21 New position of unit liegende Hollander was detected at 16 22 33 Lissabonner Allee Hannover Germany E 1622 34 New position of unit liegende Hollander was detected at 16 22 44 Lissabonner Allee Hannover Ger marry 1E 162244 New position of unit liegende Hollander was detected a
96. POI and or geofences as addresses By default only geofences and places belonging to the same resource as reports template are used for the report However if the given option is activated and user has access to several accounts all geofences and places which are located in these account will be enabled for the report One more option is provided for group reports Skip empty rows It is used to withdraw uninformative rows from the resulting table For example you create a report about fuel thefts but not each and every unit in the selected group has thefts so there can be a lot of empty rows in the table Trakpro Standard User Guide179 Page pro New Report Template port properties AP a _ _ p Mame New repor Type Unit x Add Table Add Chart ontents Advanced settings E Options Statistics A 4 2 Use US metrics miles and gallons Summary Ex Mileage and fuel with accuracy to two decimal places Trips a Group icons eo Consider PA visibility scale s E 4 i 4 x _ Exclude thefts from fuel consumption ji visited streets F X Use all accounts POlS as address source Fuel fillings fr x Geofences as address source E m Map output Fuel thetts f s L Al messages on map Event markers Chartfuel 4 X I J Filling markers charteLs2 fax Parking markers C Pol L Render geofentes Speeding markers Stop markers Thef markers Trip routes Unit last location nl Statistics
97. Ring Berlin DE 0 00 40 184 kmh 185 kmh 2 05 km 2010 03 07 02 09 14 Berliner Ring Berlin DE 0 00 46 184 kmh 185 kmh 2 96 km 2010 03 07 02 12 24 410 Berlin DE O 02 20 185 km h 164 kmh 7 15 km 2010 03 07 02 26 50 417 Berlin DE 0 00 34 164 kmh 190 kmh 1 79 km 2010 03 07 02 35 13 412 Berlin DE 0 03 16 166 kmh 180 kmh 9 61 km Intervals filtration by speeding duration mileage driver geofences units can be applied to this table You can use special markers for this report M Speeding Time 2010 03 07 17 44 11 Speed limit gA kmh Speeding on 17 kmM Duration 5 mintes 3 seconds Other means to control speed are described in Notifications Stops A stop is two or more consecutive messages with a zero speed Stops can be registered at lights intersections in traffic jams etc Stops should be distinguished from parkings Parameters to detect trips parkings and stops are adjusted in the trip detector If there are several messages in succession they are united in one stop If total time of such a stop reaches Minimum parking time it is registered as a parking not a stop The following information is presented in this kind of report e Beginning the time when the stop started e End the time when the stop ended e Duration total time of the stop e Total time time from the first stop beginning to the last stop end useful if grouping by days is enabled Trakpro Standard User Guide220 Page pro e Off t
98. Routes Management If there are many routes they can be sorted by various criterion in the Routes Control panel for example finished routes or waiting for arrival departure delayed etc The list of filters available see on the dropdown list Besides if you have more than one account you can filter routes by their location on other different accounts To quickly find a definite route use the dynamic filter Enter route name or its part and observe the results Routes New All Bs Arriva 16 Route 1467 x Center VWF Yo eb x Center F _ gr x Main Route vo el x Route 1408 4 o el M testl 23 J el xX When hover the mouse cursor over a route name on the list in the tooltip you can see its Trakpro Standard User Guide145 Page pro description if there is such unit name geofence used activation time and the status inactive or the progress like waiting for arrival to at geofence left at etc tt E Routes D x EAS JA PE Pi 1 Mew All x ZEN Arriva 16 Route 1467 Ep 2 Jis Center WYF ww El M His gi Centert Unit Malinki Inc geotence Geotence Circle Beeskow ae Activation time 2071 07 18 14 00 00 W Wain Route Unit Malinki Inc left geoftence Geofence Circle at 2011 04 19 14 35 40 Ej u Sh pi F Route 1408 o r Gl N na Pa f Bas test 23 wo Ee In the table there is information about the rout
99. Sa Sailbahn Statio P A Pa oe ee ee ri e Em In the tracking mode the minimap cannot be moved it is centered automatically by unit last location However you can adjust the zoom level using in the top left hand corner of the minimap Above there is a button to switch between navigation and tracking modes The tracked unit must be checked in the first column of the work list in the Monitoring panel Otherwise if you disable this flag the unit will disappear both from the main map and from the minimap and the minimap will automatically switch to the navigational mode On the minimap a unit is represented by its icon and its name or driver s name Motion state signs trace from last messages and sensor based colors are not available If you hover the mouse cursor over the unit you can see unit info tip with the newest information about the unit If you click on a unit in the minimap the main map is centered to this unit too Regardless map source chosen for the main map the minimap displays WebGIS only In addition the third mode of the minimap can be activated Google Street View It allows to track units on real streets Google Street View is a technology featured in Google Maps that provides panoramic views from various positions along many streets in the world mainly in Western Europe North America Australia Japan Brazil and some others You can observe buildings roads any surrounding objects which creates an illu
100. SiS message SMS message User Settings Maps Cost 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 0 10 Account Count ee ee ee ee ee ee Information 37 52799000033 37 52799000004 37 52799000002 37 52799000033 37 52799000004 37 52799000002 37 52799000033 37 52799000004 e detecting unit position and watching its motion Cancel OR e unit management sending messages assigning jobs and drivers adjusting notifications etc e supervising unit parameters such as speed fuel level temperature voltage etc Trakpro Standard User Guide55 Page Ov g F Fd E E aT Ff Al eh AM Br E eae W j perce est fut ie 2a e interpreting information derived from the unit Monitoring Panel Tracking is performed in the main window In the work area choose Monitoring The work list being under control at the moment is displayed there These can be either all units available to the current user or just some of them Units can be easily added and removed from the work list which does not lead to their removal from the system See how to manage the work list Near the name of each unit there are a number of buttons and signs which allow to estimate unit state or perform an action over it The choice of signs and buttons to be displayed in the Monitoring panel is customized in User Settings gt Monitoring Panel These columns can be also used to sort units on the work list Monitoring
101. Trakpro Standard User Guide TRAKPRO PTY LTD i 5y l i vf s Tn p m ly lt gt E g N TE r A1 ty il hn yi TABLE OF CONTENTS OMICS CINE yote iina e E nneneadentestaduciastadaameeneatncaaadeveeianeniteaesontencnante 6 TEIKTO CINCH SR AN aE E E E A A 6 LEO E EE E E E eaaoureeenot 6 PA FRAG e E E E E ET E E EE TT 7 USEF SONS AE A E A E E E O A 8 Bhs CSG 1 UIN aar E A E E E T ER 10 SUECO K o E E E E E E E E E E A 13 6 Creatine CORON serrare nen AE E R E A 15 Z NOCA O S a E E AEE ENE E E E E T E EE 17 6 RODOS e E E T T Teer 18 PEE e A N E E E NE E E E A E E seeecce nosed 25 LO I E pote on onus eanaiienumunasaoniadronnaneedaaitieoneeurs 26 IF YOU FORGOT YOUR PASSWORD serincreacesteasccsacetiecsatenensenccrdeatedeoamnctbeeseteneamcabeteien 27 HOW TO CHANGE YOUR PASSWORD estes coc esaceszneaces ten ssacsutnontisiecasscsucbiactstseassasatwnedisteteen 27 Too cro E 28 WOT K ATO ein aE E E E EE E E E AE E E boeaeaeeeetng 29 E a E atte cote casaeaet ate neeeosans eae tones 31 AYRE e EA ete eee ene ae rc AA rae T E a rn E AE E A ee ce ee nee ee ee ee 32 USING THE MAP IN DIFFERENT MODES wu eecceccccccceeeeessseeceeeceeseeueeseeeeeeeeessaeaenees 33 MAP SOURCE ree ee E E E E E ee ee 33 NAVIGATION sireni EE EE E EE EENE T EEEE ER 34 ZO OWING THE MAP erci n E EE E E E AE E E E TEES 35 KOD e E E E E E E E E A R E E 35 SPOE CUTE aces E A N T E E eeteee eee tee enesecen 36 EEE I E E A E E E E ee 38 TAHE IRANIAN C
102. Trakpro tracking system counters of GPRS traffic mileage and engine hours They can be set up in unit properties Jobs about counters allow to automate accounting of mileage engine hours and GPRS traffic GPRS Traffic Accounting This job is aimed to 1 Automate traffic counter reset 2 Store GPRS traffic counter value in unit s history For example you can assign to reset the traffic counter once a month and register each reset with the current value in unit history Store counter value in unit history Reset GPRS traffic counter 4 lt I Indicate the status of the option Store counter value in unit history If the option is activated each reset is registered in the system and then you can generate a report on events or report on traffic to see traffic consumption If the option is not activated resets are not registered anywhere The option Reset GPRS traffic counter is to set the counter to 0 each time when the job is performed Mileage Accounting This kind of job can help you to fulfill control over mileage counter automatically according to schedule With this job you can store mileage counter value in unit history reset mileage counter set a new value for it save its value as parameter in data message Set new value for mileage counter lw New value for mileage counter km 0 Store counter value as parameter of unit data message m Farameter name odometer Store counter value in unit event history Trakp
103. Type Unit F ote 0er Add Chart ontents u anced settings Options Map output _ Statistics P te he a ett Fe a ot Oo al Press the Add Table button and set table type to Geofences On the left tick the columns to be displayed in the resulting report On the right choose geofence s When finished press OK The table will be added to the report Trakpro Standard User Guide19 Page pro New Report Template Table properties BMH Name Geotences Type Geofences gt Available columns A Parameters t M Geofence ie Group by Detailed Row numbering l Type l I Total E area u Detalization t Cparimeter E Time limitation t M Time in eofences Units l search mask 5 M Time out J Geofence M Duration in Z Geofence 4 eofence I Totaltime I M Geofence 7 E Unit Radius fries I vliegende Hollander 100 t M Mileage saa hin duration min J a Parkings duration PF Mileage adjusted H I Wax duration min I ofmileage E ileage hin mileage km se Ctl Click to select multiple items Cancel JK Then add the second table press Add Table again and choose a table of Speedings type For this table we have set the parameter Speed limit in unit properties Advanced tab In additional parameters indicate that a speeding should last at least one minute Min duration parameter Press OK The tabl
104. a group of units at once o observe acertain parameter sensor value movement state etc fora group of units in one window 2 Advanced reports o all tabular reports can be generated for a unit group o draw tacks of all grouped units on the map 3 Configuring jobs notifications and routes o When configuring jobs notifications or routes they can be applied to a group of units at once which accelerates the process Unit groups also have some specific functions in the management system which were described above At that unit groups are easy to handle Deleting groups does not mean physical removal of units belonged to this group That is why you can easily create manipulate and delete groups Besides the dynamic formation of groups is supported see Notification Action It means if some preset conditions are met a unit can be added to a group automatically or removed from it DRIVERS Trakpro Standard User Guide153 Page pro In this panel you can the list of Drivers drivers who form your New All All personnel With one click of a amp e P a a Can ne SF polka amp Strelka r oe Bx assigned to a unit that is a attached to a vehicle Then in g a PSS eer EX the reports on this unit the i Driver 12 02 2010 A og G P E x driver can be indicated It is DRIVER NUMBER ONE RIEA ox fb x especially convenient when CaCI 6 Se zF x different persons drive a unit There is also possibilit
105. account and push Save If the key points were given manes the geofence will have control points If the map provider was not WebGIS there are two ways to save the route e the full line can contain any number of points e only control points with preset sequence order The newly created geofence will appear on the Geofences panel where it can be edited and used for different purposes Trakpro Standard User Guide274 Page pro HITTEST This tool is applied to tracks only There three ways to get a track on the map 1 Inthe Map Mode open the Tracks panel and request tracks of unit movement for the indicated period 2 Inthe Messages Mode while viewing messages for the indicated period the track is mapped automatically 3 Inthe Reports Mode while generating a report the track is mapped if the corresponding option Trip routes or All messages on map is selected in report template 4 Tracks can be built directly from the monitoring panel with the Fast Track Building button Choose a track in the dropdown list Hover the cursor over track to get accurate information about any point in a tooltip Double click at any place of the track or even on the map and the nearest to your click message will be found and highlighted by the marker The map will be centered on this point Two modes are available here single point and multipoint Depending on your choice you can get information
106. age Avg speed Max speed voltage 2010 01 01 15 57 52 2010 02 01 23 58 59 31 days 10 01 07 7753km 10 kmh 118 kmh battery operation 2010 01 01 13 57 52 2010 01 11 05 35 28 9 days 15 37 36 1994km 9 kmh 116 kmh tempi z010 01 01 13 57 52 2010 01 03 11 07 19 1 days 21 09 27 10 05km O km h 44 kmh tempz 2010 01 03 11 07 19 2010 01 03 11 09 19 O 02 00 0 00 km oO kmh 0 kmh tempi 2010 01 03 11 09 19 2010 01 16 12 39 49 13 days 1 30 30 3854 km 1z kmh 116 kmh power backup 2010 01 11 05 35 28 2010 01 11 05 37 28 0 02 00 O 01 km 0 kmh 0 kmh battery operation 2010 01 11 05 37 28 2010 01 13 13 38 23 2 days 6 00 55 705 km 13 kmh 112 kmh power backup 2010 01 13 13 38 23 2010 01 13 13 50 23 0 12 00 0 02 km 0 kmh 0 kmh battery operation 2010 01 13 13 50 23 2010 01 22 06 76 41 8 days 16 36 18 2266km 11 kmh 116 kmh Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings driver fuel fillings fuel thefts and geofences units Engine Hours Engine hours report shows working actively of a unit its productivity and utilization as well as fuel consumption and some more things The activity and efficiency of work of attached implements can be also analyzed To generate this report the unit must have the following sensors engine ignition sensor and advisably engine efficiency sensor and any fuel sensors The method of calculating engine hours is set in Unit Properties gt General In Unit Properties gt Advanc
107. ake their places according to their names Placing a cursor over a geofence name in the popup tooltip you will get all the information about a geofence type its parameters ride beginning end address source and the account where a geofence belongs to if you have access to more than one account For your convenience there is Geofences a filter with several predefined sea Al criteria to sort geofences C H A 6 By some property County Cricket Club in Yorkshire 0 i a EX A l Geofence AMN 0 t db E points Oaseende Pe sseuce ver fil SE e Geofences without l K ln ai an Tl dh E control points Account user amp l Minski 1H Ee e Geofences used as ti address Minsk gt Al g e Ride beginning Bl eee R E PLE e Ride end e Ride beginning and and e Polygons e Lines e Circles e Geofences used in unfinished routes e Geofences used in finished routes By account mM KR HM HK D e Here is a list of all accounts available for the current user if there are more than one Click on any of them to display geofences belonging only to this account To quickly find a needed geofence you can use the dynamic filter above the list Type a Trakpro Standard User Guide104 Page pro geofence name or a part of the name and observe the search results Here is an explanation of icons and buttons used in the Geofences panel _ A button to create a route on the basis of a selected geofence A
108. akpro Standard User Guide216 Page pro Sensor Time Yalue Formatted value Woltage sensor 2009 12 24 16 00 46 9 60 9 60 Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 24 17 41 31 9 60 9 60 Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 24 19 21 31 9 60 9 60 Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 24 71 01 31 9 70 W O Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 24 22 41 31 9 70 g Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 25 00 21 31 9 80 9 60 Y Voltage sensor 2009 12 25 07 01 56 17 70 12 20 W Voltage sensor 2009 12 25 03 42 11 12 10 17 10 V Voltage sensor 2009 12 25 05 25 36 12 00 17 00 V Woltage sensor 2009 12 25 07 03 36 9 70 g i Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 25 08 44 06 9 70 9 70 Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 25 10 25 13 9 70 3 70 Y Woltage sensor 2009 12 25 12 05 13 9 60 3 60 WY In addition you can choose a driver and geofences units to be controlled see intervals filtration for details Out of range values If a value received is out of range the bounds are indicated in sensor properties then the phrase Out of range is displayed as formatted value To exclude such rows flag the option Skip out of range values in the report template SMS Messages This report gives possibility to view all SMS messages receives from a unit in a specified period Here you see date and time when the message was received and the text of the message e Time received date and time when the data was received by the server e SMS text message text e Count the number of messages e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakp
109. al fuel level fuel level at the end of the interval Max fuel level maximum fuel level Min fuel level minimum fuel level Notes an empty column for your custom comments Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensors driver fuel fillings fuel thefts and geofences units Events All events registered by the system including violations can be shown in the report on events There are different ways to add events to unit history 1 2 4 Triggered notifications which method of delivery is Register event for unit Events registered manually by the user in events registrar Manipulations with counters change store reset counter value with the help of corresponding jobs or notifications When unit performs a route if it was chosen to save events on route To make a report dedicated just to events of a certain kind in report template enter a mask to filter events text description like speed traffic filling etc Only those messages which text corresponds to the given mask will be added to the table The following columns can be included to this table Event time time when the event happened Time received time when the server received this data Event text notification text or event description Trakpro Standard User Guide200 Page pro e Location unit location at that moment of event Some events lik
110. alendar can be activated in User Settings At that if Arabic is selected as interface language the calendar will be in Farsi language spoken in Iran and shown from right to left Otherwise it will be in English in Latin characters and Arabic numbers and shown from left to right 7 Mordad 1390 Today wk SUM Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 11 18 19 29 26 00 OO Select date In this calendar you can adjust year month day and time set the today s day with one click etc Click the question sign on the top to invoke the help window with detailed information To close the calendar click on a cross Besides you can drag the calendar to any place of the screen Filters and Masks Filters and masks are developed for your convenience With them you can e narrow alist of item in such a way to show only items needed at the moment e find an item with known name or other attributes on a large list e specify an element e g sensor to base a notification or report on it Trakpro Standard User Guide40 Page pro LIST FORMATION When you create any objects geofences places drivers custom fields etc they are organized into lists Items on the list are displayed in the alphabetical order numbers first then Latin alphabet and Cyrillic at the end When a new item is created it is added primarily to the end of the list but when you open this list again all items are arranged in the alphabetical order After r
111. alid coordinates will be converted into a track If in unit history there are intervals where the connection has been lost no messages for a long time or coordinates miss in messages such intervals are displayed with a dashed line By default the routes are drawn with blue color However you can choose another color or even have many colored tracks according to speed or sensor state The set of colors to be used in tracks is defined in Unit Advanced Properties Besides to get information about track points hover mouse cursor over and see information in a tooltip time speed coordinates altitude sensor values Note that messages are searched in the radius of 50 pixels to the cursor ro e e gt e mk o o po Wiocawek Bek qaan gg a a E Nasielsk _ Wyszk w Nowy Dw r Mazowiecki lT aie E tomiankiy o ra Go S p Podlask Fn tin Fish Boat a ia a Last message iz010 03 07 17 08 28 a i Aleksandrow bodzkKi g ds 77 kmh Maine MERKEN ore O mdinates 52 116912 19 983694 Ap Te By pane af Coor inmates yee C10 by O Tomasztivn Md filitude mM a T ail ss BiofkedwTrybunalsig Busy Free Unknown Koike Panis ON a If tracks or all messages are on then in such tables as Trips Rides Engine hours Speedings will be supplied with an additional first column containing the icon of the globe When clicking on the icon the map is centered at a certain segment of the track and this seg
112. and longitude in grades and fractions they should be separated by a dot and push the Show button The map will be centered at this point Save as Geofence The found place can be saved as a circle shaped geofence with 100 m radius The detected address will be used as the name for this geofence however you can edit it ROUTING This tool helps to quickly make routes from one point to another visiting any number of interstitial points You can define the sequence of points yourself or the program will optimize it for you You can indicate key points double clicking on the map or entering needed addresses Resulting route can be saved as geofence with control points or without them and used for routes control or geofences control later on Choose Tools gt Routing to make use of this feature Set points and press Calculate Selecting Provider Depending on maps available at your service different map providers can be used to make a route WebGIS Google Yandex Visicom They are chosen in the dropdown list WebGIS does not lock routes to roads when making a route however it can offer optimized sequence order of points considering the straight distance between them Other providers make routes along the roads but cannot change points order Depending on map provider more features can become available For example if Google is selected the route can be mapped regarding the way you travel by car default option or walking or avoiding highwa
113. and time limitations In the example below you can see user logins table with grouping by days detalization numbering and total row Ne Date 1 2010 04 19 Z 2010 04 21 H 3 2010 04 22 3 1 3 20000 cee 3 30000 3 4000 3 5 0 3 6 4 2010 04 23 5 2010 04 26 The table Custom fields represents the list of custom fields entered in the corresponding tab Login time 11 11 03 oO alee 14 14 14 16 10 11 et af 42 42 Fa Sal SA 55 45i ort m9 z0 10 oo oo aa 26 05 ne ae 26 11 Logout time 11 54 20 18 07 03 17i36ig4 14 00 44 14 25 52 14 55 44 14 56 47 14 59 02 17 s6bi44 15 05 15 15 10 33 2010 04 19 11 54 20 2010 04 26 16 10 35 of user properties dialog Name alue dispatcher WES region shift 2 units under control 17 working schedule In the Statistics the following fields are available report name user name reporting interval Furmankan East 7 Road 13 00 17 00 18 00 22 00 beginning end total time spent on site and logins count Report User Interval beginning Interval end Time spent on site Logins count Logins JSer 2z010 0 4 19 00 00 00 2010 04 26 25 59 59 16 55 44 12 Trakpro Standard User Guide255 Page Duration aoaaa ooo AAMA G 00 00 20 45 46 40 16 44 P4536 02 16 Dz2igz 00 10 47 52 20 59 os OU eae 6 55 44 a eloal ela e FPreReeE FP PB Site Wialon Wwe
114. and two charts Logins Hours and Logins Days of week Tables Applied to Users This kind of table shows user activity logins to different services The table can contain the following columns they are adjusted after you press the Add Table button e Login time time when user logged in a service e Logout time time when user exited the service e Duration time interval user was online on the service e Host the address of the computer from which user logged in Trakpro Standard User Guide254 Page pro e Site the name of service where user logged in e Count the number of logins Login time 2010 04 19 11 54 20 2010 04 21 11 37 10 2010 04 21 11 50 52 2010 04 22 09 42 00 2010 04 22 13 53 56 2010 04 22 14 53 28 2010 04 22 14 56 05 2010 04 22 14 56 52 The same params as for all tables can be applied to user logins table grouping detalization Logout time O10 O4 149 O010 O4 21 010 O4 21 010 04 22 U10 04 22 U1L0 04 22 010 04 22 010 O4 22 11 54 ae 11 44 16 07 4 4 14 00 14 26 44 a 14 55 14 56 14 59 call 03 ae Dz Duration 00 00 i1232 16 11 1i 44 34 56 O2 16 O2i42 00 10 O oO Aa A A Aa O O Host i270 127 0 127 0 12 0 127 0 127 0 127 0 127 ololjoljol olfosjolo k e HE H FP FP FP PB Site wialon web wialon web wialon web wialon web cms manager Wwialon web cms manager CMs Manager row numbering total row
115. arameters of the report All added contents will be displayed at the left of the dialog Here you can set the sequence order of the pages and give them custom names if needed New Report Template port properties p P A A A P _ AA Name New report Type Unit Add Table Add Chart ontents AAP TWH Adranced settings i Options Statistics x P O Use US metrics miles and gallons t Summary F x Mileage and fuel with accuracy to two decimal j places t Trips F x Group icons T O Consider POI visibility scale t eee eens 4 x Exclude thefts fram fuel consumption t Visited streets F x Use all accounts POS as address source t Fuel fillings Pa x _ Geofences as address source El m Map output t ue iets A x All messages on map Event markers Chart fuel x t F E _ Filling markers chartFis2 ex Parking markers C Pol LJ Render geotences Speeding markers Stop markers Theft markers Trip routes C Unit last location m Statistics Lise Ctrl Click to select multiple items Cancel OE To change section name click on it and enter any text To manage template contents use the following buttons t drag up down er edit a table chart Emake a copy of a table chart X delete page ote No matter where you place a chart in the resulting report all charts follow after all tables and the Statistics section goes first Trakpro Standard User Guide178 Page pro Options
116. ation of this speeding kb ta a i a coer Tg Ni l Speedin Time fULO O35 0 12 43 05 Speed limit 120 kmh Speeding on 7 kmh Duration 15 seconds Apart from that markers as well as POI can be united in one conditional icon when they overlap Group icons option Then more detailed information about what happened in that place will be available in the tooltip 7011 10 28 1408 58 Route Route S64 arrival to Finish Event Time 2011 10 26 17 11 00 Fuel filling of 30 Kt to the amount of 65 was made near Europaallee Hannover Germans Filling hrassa ihkan Time 2011 10 25 17 10 54 al a F E Pare Agrica v i 1i E 5 a E yi I i Ws 5 1 J i J nn a vol o A a a a a E Pe ia WO as i aF t Note When enabling event markers instead event markers you will get violation markers because violation is a special case of event Trakpro Standard User Guide245 Page pro Unit Last Location The last location of the unit can be displayed on the map To enable this feature select the Unit last location checkbox in map output settings of report template Last location does not depend on the reported interval it is taken from the latest message received from the unit Units are displayed on th
117. b Wialon web CMms Manager Wwialon Wweb cms Manager CMms Manager Wialon web Count FM FFP PF FP PP t eB lrakpro Charts Applied to Users Two kinds of charts can be attached to the report on user logins Logins Hours and Logins Days of week To get these charts in report template push the button Add Chart and choose the type in the dropdown list Logins Hours chart shows how user s activity in different hours of the day Logins Days of week chart shows how often user logged to the system in different days of the week Friday Saturday Reports on Drivers Two kinds of tables can be applied to drivers SMS and Bindings Trakpro Standard User Guide256 Page SMS pro This report shows chat of a dispatcher with a driver via SMS messages A dispatcher operator can send messages to a driver from Trakpro interface through a special SMS window A driver sends messages from his mobile phone This mobile phone number must be indicated in driver s properties The following columns can be included in the table e Time date and time when message came e Type message type sent a message that was sent by a dispatcher or received a message that was received from a driver e Text text of the message e Phone driver s phone number e Modem phone phone number of the modem that sent received SMS Time 2011 11 04 11 40 13 2011 11 04 11 40 16 2011 11 04 11 40 44
118. be exported and imported with the help of kml if compressed kmz files It allows to quickly copy objects from one account to another as well as export them from exterior sources Besides in some cases it is possible to make geofences from POI and vice versa To perform the operation press the Import Export button at the top of Geofences or POI panel and choose an option either import or export MEERE IY Messages 2 Iv Reports 3 amp Geofences E Hal O 123 route 3 E eal x County Cricket Club in Yorkshire t P X C Courier 007 i Hi SAX Import POI geofences from file to an account If you choose import then you select a destination account Remember that manage or edit access to this account id required If you have only one your own account it is selected automatically Then indicate the path to the file the Browse button and press Import After you have pressed the Import button the file will be processed on the server and the list of appropriate objects will be displayed Check needed objects and press OK If the import action is performed in the POI panel and the executed file contains any developed geofences lines polygons they will be omitted Only circle shaped geofences can be transformed to POI However any POI can become a circle shaped geofence but with this it will lose its image and description and other geofence properties address source ride beginning end will be set to
119. below the unit witch was speeding just two days of five has two hidden rows correspondingly and the unit witch was speeding each has five rows N Unit Beginning Duration Max speed Mileage Count El 1 AirCoal 2010 03 29 14 11 11 1 minutes 52 seconds 1 km h 214km 3 1 1 2010 03 29 14 11 11 1 minutes 15 seconds 71 kmh 143km 2 1 2 2010 03 31 14 15 25 37 seconds 69 kmh Dri kml E 2 MAN 12356 RU 2010 03 29 06 45 12 47 minutes 21 seconds 110 km h 54 km 34 2 1 2010 03 29 06 45 12 29 minutes 7 seconds 110 kmh 38 km 11 2 2 2010 03 30 06 46 30 3 minutes 7 seconds 68 kmh 2 80 km 4 2 3 2010 03 31 06 44 23 2 minutes 27 seconds 67 kmh 192 km 4 2 4 2010 04 01 06 51 40 2 minutes 1 seconds z0 kmh 2 10km 2 2 5 2010 04 02 06 50 12 10 minutes 39 seconds 1 kmh 957 km 13 J MAM 5523 RU 2010 04 02 13 29 31 11 seconds 103 kmh 0 52 km 4 MAN 461966 2 2010 05 30 04 40 36 4 minutes 4 seconds 79 kmh 4 94 km 5 Mr Smith 2010 03 31 15 07 09 32 seconds 78 kmh 0 66 km 4 If there is no data for the given unit in other cells there will be In some cases that can be not convenient then you can disable such uninformative rows To do this enable the option Skip empty rows in the report template Unit Latest Data This kind of table available only for unit groups As for separate units this information is available in statistics The table presents last location and counters values known Trakpro Standard User Guide253 Page pro The following co
120. ble however the delete checkbox for such messages is dimmed which indicates that the messages are deleted Next time when you load messages the deleted messages will be completely removed from the table Note Deleting last incoming message or last message with position valid coordinates is impossible That is why the delete checkbox for these messages is always dimmed Data Messages If you request data messages the table of messages will contain information about time speed coordinates location as well as parameters You will also get messages about assigning removing drivers they contain the text ID Besides resultant information will be given in statistics You can observe messages in different ways They can be presented in the form of a table or as a chart play the track or just examine the statistics The way to display parameters can be one of the following Trakpro Standard User Guide163 Page pro e raw data all parameters are displayed in one column in one line in their initial form e sensor values each sensor has its individual column in the table and the values are given according to the calculation table By default only visible sensors are displayed but you can enable other sensors manually see Viewing Messages The table of messages has the following columns e Time when the message was received e Speed registered at that point It is calculated as the distance traveled between
121. by name If there are many unit groups use the dynamic filter above the list to easily find a necessary one Use buttons against each unit group to perform a standard action over it A or Edit or view unit group properties depends on your access change name add more units remove units manage access etc The dialog of unit group properties can contain up to 4 tabs which were described above e General e Accessors e Image e Custom fields gt import properties to units belonging to the groups Er Create a new group using this one as a basis copy X Delete the group from the system Deleting a group does not mean deleting the units included If the button is dimmed it means you have not enough access When working with unit groups consider some specific features relating to access rights e To add remove unit to from a group you need manage access both to the group and to these units e If aunit is included in a group it can become available to more users because access to a group means access to units in this group e With groups access to a unit can be widen but not narrowed Trakpro Standard User Guide152 Page pro Application of Unit Groups Unit groups are widely used in the user interface of Trakpro Hosting 1 Online tracking of unit groups o display remove from the map a group of units with one mouse click o see the current position of grouped units in one window o send commands to
122. cally when connection is restored 1A aE CRADFOCaS C Cycle Machine Hr OWe gus Ox Besides in the top panel the notification about days left may appear EN ar Attention Your account will be disabled automatically in 5 days 5 fi ons S RAOTOCHS C Cycle Machine HF Il Ga ae s Ox Work Area The left side of the screen is the work area where you can configure and observe different system elements necessary for tracking purposes At the top of the work area there is the mode selector to switch between three modes available in Trakpro Hosting user interface 1 Map Mode where you track you units and manage attendant system elements like geofences drivers job notifications etc 2 Messages Mode where you can view database of messages received from your units this mode is optional 3 Reports Mode where you generate reports based on data received in messages Trakpro Standard User Guide29 Page lrakpro A button to hide the Work Area The Mode Selector We ele Q10 18 27 01 ENSE Monitoring Monitoring OQ amp Units Zz ANWR S Tracks ow 2 Users x f Fo El UnitGroups e The Work Menu 7 o Geofences R amp amp Drivers Lv Jobs fii Notifications El Routes m vil E R D O Picasso E GU A a C F Riviera gt fi eaa ox a Below there i
123. cessed time based FLS is on filtration is on filtration level is 25 and the second one is not processed 2010 03 29 2010 03 29 2010 03 30 2010 03 31 02 46 40 19 26 40 12 06 40 04 46 40 Trakpro Standard User Guide237 Page pro A special chart Processed fuel level should be distinguished from two similar regular charts 1 Regular chart Fuel level represents the raw data no filtration is applied The flag Time based fuel level sensors consumption does not affects the chart 2 Regular chart Processed fuel level is not available if the option Time based fuel level sensors consumption is off If the option is on the filtration is applied These regular charts can represent data only in the form Time Fuel level Besides it is possible to overlay other charts such as voltage chart for example Special charts cannot be combined with other charts Speed Fuel Consumption Chart This chart shows dependence of average fuel consumption on speed The data for these charts can be taken from fuel consumption sensors of different types as impulse absolute instant or fuel level sensor or predefined consumption by math or rates The appropriate calculation methods must be indicated in unit properties on the Fuel Consumption tab For example to create this chart a unit with instant fuel consumption sensor InsFCS was used Fuel consumption ImpFCS Trakpro Standard User Guide238 Page pro MAP OUTPUT In the Rep
124. clear table and map press Clear Viewing Messages Messages of any type are displayed in the form of a table If a large time interval is selected there will be probably many messages In this case they will be presented in several pages Use navigation panel blue arrows to move through the pages or enter page number manually and press lt enter gt to display the page Apart from that you can set the number of messages to be displayed on one page 25 50 100 500 1000 Besides page number can be entered manually to apply press lt Enter gt Trakpro Standard User Guide161 Page ii 251 232 253 25d 255 25 J57 230 259 A t Time 2010 03 25 05 29 36 2010 03 25 05 30 06 2010 03 25 05 30 06 2010 03 25 06 30 36 2010 03 25 05 31 06 2010 03 25 05 31 06 2010 03 25 05 31 36 2010 03 25 05 32 06 2010 03 25 05 32 06 25 vl jda Page 11 Sneed kmh Coordinates Location Parameters Imag E E 40 640172 49 537867 4 Active Log Of Hide show columns engine_rom 0 terp int0 E 7 40 644463 49 534327 4 Active Log Ol M Time 13 6 engine _rpm 0 temp _int 0 E M Speed kmih ai AD p4ddh3 49 534347 i Active Log Di l 1 3 6 engine_rom 0 temp intel E M Coordinates i AD pdb 49 530715 64 Active Log Di Mill oration 13 6 engine_rarncO terap_ into E ali 40 653345 49596982 4 Active Log Ol M Parameters 13 5 engine _rom 0 temp _int 0 E BG 40 653345 49526982 4 Active Log Ol M Image 13 5 engine_rom 0 temp inti
125. commands sent to the unit regardless their execution go to the Messages Mode Fuel Fillings These reports shows where and when a vehicle was filled up The parameters for this report to be generated are set in Unit Properties gt Fuel Consumption At that fillings registered manually are not taken into account e Time date and time of filling e Location unit location at that moment e Initial fuel level fuel level before the filling e Filled the volume of filled fuel sensor name may be indicated in brackets e Registered the volume of registered fuel e Difference difference between detected and registered filling volume e Sensor sensor which detected the filling e Driver driver s name if one was identified e Count the number of fillings e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide202 Page Count e e e e e e lele e jejeje pro Beginning Initial location Duration Initial fuel level Filled Sensor name 010 02 20 12 46 06 0 25 45 17 It 95 It FLS 010 02 20 15 21 31 T 16 OF 0 46 55 20 It 165 It FLS eolie aaa ooo a 24 05 34 It 94 It FLS 2010 02 22 10 57 12 Burdur Antalya volu Antalya TR 0 39 02 30 It 27 lt FLS a ee eee eee mHE 21 It 30 It FLS 010 02 26 06 33 57 29 Varna BG 0 32 41 1 It 10 It FL 2010 02 26 13 20 53 Drumul Vilor Galati Ro O04 22 16 It 9 00 lt FLS 2010 02 26 13 59 54 ODON B Galati RO 0 03 01 18 It 8 00 lt FLS 2010
126. containing a speed value greater than set in that parameter will become the basis for this report If these messages are several in succession they are united in one speeding event The following information can be presented in this kind of report Beginning date and time when the speed limit was excessed Location device location at that moment Duration how long the violation continued Total time time from the first speeding beginning to the last speeding end useful if grouping by days is enabled Max speed maximum speed within this period Mileage the distance travelled with exceeded speed Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Avg speed average speed within the interval Average excess average speed excess within the interval Driver driver s name if a driver was identified Count the number of speed violations Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide219 Page pro Beginning Location Duration Max speed Avg speed Mileage 2010 03 07 00 52 49 A 2 Braunschweig DE 0 03 21 185 kmh 184 kmh 10 26 km SUV MSS 0 als Wab esl ooee 0 01 50 164 kmh 186 kmh 5 69 km 2010 03 07 01 10 41 0 55 km from 4uf dem Gutshof Uhrsleben DE 0 23 34 185 kmh 184 kmh 72 km 2010 03 07 01 35 34 00047 164 kmh 185 kmh 2 41 km 2010 03 07 01 51 11 Berliner Ring Berlin DE 0 00 46 185 kmh 185 kmh 2 37 km 2010 03 07 02 05 36 Berliner
127. cted from interval beginning and end nyote Information about fuel filling and thefts is sent only in case if any has been detected Information about fuel level is given in any case SMS Format Unit Name x a b c where e Unit Name is unit name as set in unit properties to save traffic it is recommended to use no other letters but Latin e x sensor number e a fuel level in liters e b fuel filling in liters Trakpro Standard User Guide118 Page pro e c fuel theft in liters For example SMS message lveco_1501 1 66 2 100 10 means that according to the first sensor the unit lveco_1501 has 66 It of fuel and no fillings and thefts were detected according to the second sensor fuel in the second tank for example fuel level is 100 It no fillings were found and 10 It theft was detected Dashes may mean one of the following 1 The corresponding flag is not ticked in job parameters For example it is not chosen to send fuel level 2 There are no valid data it may happen with fuel level 3 Required events were not detected it may happen with fillings and thefts Jobs about Routes Assign Route This kind of job is available only in you have Routes Control module Using this job you can set automatic route assignment according to the given schedule Set parameters to create a new route name description geofence and others See Route Control for details When the time comes to do the
128. ctures Notify by SMS Key in one or more telephone numbers in the international format for example 375293293294 When all slots to enter phones are filled additional slots appear automatically Trakpro Standard User Guide129 Page pro i Notify by e mail we Attach image trom triggered message E User company com I User company com m M Noti by SMS Iw 975201112233 Iw 375291112567 m I Display online notification in popup window A notification can be displayed in a popup window Register event for unit In this case a notification is stored in unit history Then a report on these events can be generated If this option is selected 4 Register as violation is additionally proposed If you check it too the notification will be registered not only as event but as violation and one more report type will be available to you For further information see reports on Events and Violations T Execute a command If you choose this option when the notification triggers a command is executed over the unit Select a command from the list of available items and set necessary parameters if needed Ap Modify users access level Choose users which access rights to be modified when trigger conditions occur Select access level to be set to this user after notification triggers no access view execute commands edit This feature can be used for instance in the following situation Let us assume we have created
129. d and tick necessary geofences 4 Leave default notification text without changes 5 Choose a method of delivery for example Display online notification in a popup window 6 Key in a name for the notification 7 Press OK When the notification triggers it will appear in the top right corner of the program Trakpro Standard User Guide17 Page a Vliegende Hollander Geofence Notification El Whegende Hollander entered geofence Geofence 1 At 2011 11 18 09 55 29 it mowed with Tea speed 2 kmih near Hannower Germany delete all delete read pin T ae pe eee Sega id ae bare ge aa porte ae ae ae pr 8 Reports To switch to the Reports Mode click the Reports link in the mode switch panel above the work area Template oiei tc te Interval Specified interval i From 18 November 2011 00 00 To 18 November 2011 23 59 Execute Clear EJ Report Templates Import E part First of all we need at least one report template to generate a report according to parameters set there We are going to create a report template containing two tables visits to geofences and speedings and a chart Trakpro Standard User Guide18 Page pro To create a report template go to the Reports Mode and press the New button At the top of the template properties dialog you see two important buttons Add Table and Add Chart New Report Template port properties SS Name New repor
130. d as the first column of the table Below there are two examples The first one is a detailed report on parkings from 8th to 12th of March 2010 No grouping is applied Beginning 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 03 010 03 03 010 03 04 010 03 04 010 03 05 09 12 15 010 03 05 20 54 26 010 03 05 22 43 44 OO 10 OO 42 mote 1 52 29 i431 15 46 51 iaai LA Oei44 i449 Los6ia 2022155 2a O2 ag 08 58 55 21 37 55 047i l3 ee 46i25 End 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 01 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 02 010 03 03 010 03 03 010 03 04 010 03 04 010 03 05 010 03 05 010 03 05 010 03 05 LO dl 14 T5 T 0g 14 2 08 2l 0g ee TE UO apes fate 16 16 26 4 J7 cae 15 O85 19 41 LS z240 Li 40 ite ee 08 40 45 42 Sa ee Oe 3r 11 22 13 OO 0 TE 15 07 29 OO Duration 10 hours 25 minutes 19 minutes 3 seconds 2 hours 14 minutes 1 hours amp minutes 1 hours 26 minutes 14 hours 16 minutes 10 hours 56 minutes 18 minutes 3 seconds 2 hours 17 minutes 9 hours 14 minutes 12 hours 10 minutes 10 hours 39 minutes 13 hours 34 minutes 9 hours 54 minutes 11 hours 4 minutes 1 hours 22 minutes 1 hours 15 minutes Location Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE Donaustrafe Hannover DE
131. d atthe moment of notification POS TIME Date and time of the latest message with valid position MSG TIME Date and time of the triggered message DRIVERS Driver name ALL SENSORS All unit sensors and their values ENGINE HOURS Engine hours atthe moment of notification MILEAGE Mileage atthe moment of notification Cancel Back Mest To be more informative a notification should contain special parameters tags which are substituted with real values in an incoming notification Below is the list of such parameters Trakpro Standard User Guide127 Page pro UNIT Unit name CURR_TIME Current date and time LOCATION lUnit location at the moment when notification triggered l POS_TIME Date and time of the latest message with position MSG_ TIME Date and time of the message triggered 4 ALL_SENSORS All sensors and their values SENGINE_HOURS Engine hours at the moment of notification MILEAGE Mileage at the moment of notification SENSOR_VALU E Triggered sensor value ZON E Triggered geofence name LAT Latitude at the moment of notification e g N 55 45 7530 LON Longitude at the moment of notification e g E 37 35 2068 Link to Google Maps with the position at the moment of notification GOOGLE_LINK E 4 e g http maps google com q 55 762550N 37 586780E SERVICE_NAME Service interval name SERVICE_TERM Service interval state left expired value PARAM_NAME Paramete
132. d for all axes Fuel Level Charts Fuel level chart represents raw data On the contrary Processed fuel level chart shows filtered data At that Processed fuel level chart does not work if the flag Time based fuel level sensors consumption is disabled Mileage Charts Four kinds of mileage chart can be created absolute mileage mileage in trips instant mileage and instant mileage smoothed The two first show how mileage changed increased with time Absolute mileage chart is built on the bases of all messages That means any inaccuracy and outlying data affect the resulting chart Mileage in trips chart considers trip detector that is chows mileage in trips only Below you see the chart with curves absolute mileage red and mileage in trips green Trakpro Standard User Guide230 Page pro Absolute mileage Mileage in trips 2010 03 01 2010 03 01 2010 03 01 2010 03 01 4 00 00 22 00 00 04 0 10 00 00 16 00 00 Instant mileage represents data in the form mileage from the previous message to the current one that is the distance between two adjacent messages This kind of chart can be useful to detect excessive mileage during connection loss or to detect made up additions to the mileage Chart Management A handy interface provides enough tools to work with charts You can adjust a needed zoom move along the chart left and right get a precise sensor value in the indicated poin
133. dard User Guide7 Page 08 1251 10 EN AE brisbane Logout SSE ETIU V Messages 2 V Reports 3 Monitoring units z Ge __ v rt Q amp Tracks Ww amp Users X fim PO E UnitGroups Cc Geofences R amp Drivers v fia Jobs A Notifications Ss s idooroo Pane 7 Pa dig La be sea Goan i Eont i KIS Camia Redbank 1 Plains Augustine _ set Ep Forestdale i Heights AJ LA Brookwater Sp ingfield i i 9 p wakes Greenbank Hille ppt 2 Military Camp d ringfield P S s Central lt 27 30 7337 Pegs 02 187 gt Trakpro Notifications ea Pictures WA Messages 8 Import Export P Minimap 5 A Log BH A Dragging the map with the left mouse button and zooming it with the mouse scroll move to the location city or town which will be the basic for you in the tracking process 3 User Settings Now open the User Settings dialog click the appropriate button at the top First and foremost indicate your time zone and type of daylight saving time used in your region These settings are extremely important as they affects time data in reports messages tooltips jobs routes and everywhere throughout the system Trakpro Standard User Guide8 Page Trakpro User Settings x General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Time zone 10 00 Yakutsk Canberra Melbourne Sydne
134. defined by MMEA format defined by NMEA 0183 0183 specification searched in files with extension txt or log specification searched in files Rainbow Skipper messages from MMC card searched In files with extension gps e Wialon messages searched in files with extension Wn e Wialon binary messages searched in files with o Rainbow Skipper messages extension wib with extension txt or log from MMC card searched in Select file or archive files with extension gps Z projectstwialonttrng s import e Trakpro messages searched in files with extension wln e Trakpro binary messages searched in files with extension wlb Push Browse to define a file or an archive to import messages from and push the Import button Hint To simplify and accelerate the process you may first compress files with ZIP or GZIP After upload process is completed files will be unpacked and processed on server Trakpro Standard User Guide169 Page iia ay a z fl o fe F 7 anay yt gon cS i Al or AV hwy Sf eae n REPORTS MODE To switch to the Reports Mode select the appropriate item in the modes panel As a result reports window will open Here you can generate reports in real time and view them right in the browser or export them to files of various formats like PDF XML XLS Excel HTML CSV Template Connection Object Cycle Machine M f Interval Specified interval From 31 October 2011 00 0
135. depending on device type used Motion state This column shows whether unit is moving or stationary as well as whether ignition is on or off if there is the appropriate sensor Data accuracy Shows how many satellites were locked and when the latest message was received According to their last message time units can be automatically displayed or hidden To make use of this option change Without filtration to Monitoring panel or Panel Map and Trakpro Standard User Guide51 Page pro specify filtration interval in minutes The filtration can affect only the work list in the monitoring panel or both the work list and the map More Connection state Shows whether there is connection with unit at the moment Unit is considered to be online if it has TCP or UDP commands available or it has sent messages within last 10 minutes Pictures from messages The button to display images received from the unit useful if such functionality is provided for type of device used SMS The button to send SMS to a unit or a driver bound to this unit Fast track The column of buttons to build tracks straight from the Monitoring panel You should also select an interval to be applied to fast tracks current day last 24 hours last complete day or manual mode Manual mode means that the interval is taken from the Tracks panel Messages View messages for the selected unit Properties View unit group properties dialog Routes control
136. e pro Notifications Management On the list of notifications you can get the following information Ootification state W enabled disabled Ei How many times a notification has already triggered EP How many units are under control of this notification see the list of these units in the tooltip control type speeding Oseofences m alarm button trigger digital input activation deactivation sensor value control ad message parameter control connection loss D idle ENSES MS control gt lt interposition of units o al route control TE e te driver control Ai e 2 routine servicing fal E9 Actions bg e mail ESMS 1 online popup window event registration violation registration command execution SH i send a report by e mail c iz modify users access level El manipulate counters register unit status ree amp modify unit groups is rl assign new route reset driver Hover the mouse cursor over a notification to see more detailed information in the tooltip validity period notification text and account to which the notification belongs shown if you have access to more than one account The following actions can be executed over notifications Waaenable disable notification Denable disable all notifications at once S edit a notification settings Elcreate a new notification using t
137. e Hannover Germany Sydney Garden Hannover Germany Boulevard der EU Harinover Germany Avenida d Sevilla Hannover Germany ovdney Garden Hannover Germany Rue de Gent Hannover Germany Boulevard der EU Hannover Germany Expo Allae S d Hannover Germany Expo Allae Hannover Germany 7 Allee Hannover Germany Europaalle Hannover Germany Europaplatz Hannover Germany DD ee mo Om DU ase ie oe ey P a eee om jhi 8 Weltausstellungsallee Hannover Germany tems per page 50 gt id d Pagel 2011 07 20 10 28 02 2011 07 20 10 32 18 2011 07 20 10 35 30 2011 07 20 10 36 18 2011 07 20 10 37 14 2011 07 20 10 38 02 2011 07 20 10 38 18 2011 07 20 10 39 06 2011 07 20 10 41 14 2011 07 20 10 45 14 2011 07 20 10 47 06 2011 07 20 10 49 22 2011 07 20 10 50 10 Anaa OT Wate on 2011 07 20 10 32 18 2011 07 20 10 35 30 2011 07 20 10 36 18 2011 07 20 10 37 14 2011 07 20 10 38 02 2011 07 20 10 38 18 2011 07 20 10 39 06 2011 07 20 10 41 14 2011 07 20 10 45 14 2011 07 20 10 47 06 2011 07 20 10 49 22 2011 07 20 10 5010 2011 07 20 10 51 30 4 AT AN ae eee E 0 60 mi 0 63 mi 0 13 ml 0 13 mil 0 12 mi 0 04 mi 0 10 mi 0 27 mi 0 49 mi 0 29 mi 0 44 mi 0 18 mil 0 20 mi ee eai aea Fl Displaying 1 to 50 from 3384 items dropdown menu 25 50 75 or 100 To navigate between the pages use the blue buttons go to the next page i go to the previous page ligo to the first page
138. e i Sensor value control Choose sensor type on the dropdown list or set the mask using a wildcard symbol Preset minimum and maximum values indicate if you want similar sensors to be summed or calculated separately and select control type trigger in the specified range or out of it If there will be two or more sensors of the same type or mask found their values can be summed or calculated separately select the corresponding option Sensor value contral Select sensor Select sensor on type ie Select sensor on the mask name i Sensor type Temperature sensor Value fram 10 Value to 3 Similar sensors Sum up values C Calculate separately ie Trigger in specified range C Trigger out of specified range ie Trakpro Standard User Guide123 Page pro 2 Connection or coordinates loss Choose control type 1 Connection loss It can be a simple connection loss when no messages are received from the unit during a period of time 2 Coordinates loss There are also cases when all sensors are active and their values are known but it is impossible to locate the unit It is especially true if someone covered GPS receiver Indicate loss time how long in minutes the connection coordinates loss should continue before a notification triggers Connection or coordinates loss Control type Connection lass Time interval min D Idles For this type of control indicate speed and time Speed should be
139. e route details in a popup window route status etc You can also perform the following actions over routes enable a route adisable a route change route parameters D note that it is impossible to change route s unit or geofence and if the route has been already started activation time as well Eereate a new route on the basis of another route this is also a way to reassign a route to a different unit X delete a route If you have just view access to the account where a route is located some actions become not allowed and the buttons look different route is enables but you cannot make it off route is disables but you cannot make it on view route properties edition not available impossible to delete route Trakpro Standard User Guide146 Page pro UNITS Unit is a vehicle machine F GP Units person pat or any other Me moving or stationary object that can be controlled with the aurora Borealis help of a GPS tracking system Fish Boat To work work units open the Fuchsia Inc Picasso Units panel in the work area censor Rica on the left of the window SMS Sim Here you can see the list of SMe Simona units available to the current one Simno user That are those units SMHS Simoog P I 2 FF D vf E eves Qo 7 e g eS 2 B eS amp E efeg XXXXXXX gt x which are available for tracking on the Monitoring panel Here you can create view copy
140. e manipulations with counters or manually registered events may have no location e Count the count of events e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Event time Time received Event text Location 2010 02 27 13 22 09 2010 02 27 16 22 09 Gurtam CeBlT GPRS connection loss detected from 2010 02 27 2010 03 23 13 37 24 2010 05 25 15 59 18 Bavarian Tractor yObin 43 asponopta Minsk 2 Intl 0 18 km from wa 2010 03 24 09 09 54 2010 03 24 12 09 55 Bavarian Tractor GPRS connection loss detected from 2010 03 74 43 Vilnius LT In addition you can use special markers for this report a yellow flag means event a red flag means violation In the tooltip you can find the detailed information a Fa Le al a anaeaa t L G Sagi oe violation Time 2011 10 25 14 50 00 DOI Fuelthett 10l ont ofA owe ee ee Stockh olrier Alles stain Messe a 1 20 Pra a Se ETT Executed Commands This kind or report gives a list of commands sent to a unit and successfully executed Possible columns are e Sending time time when the command was sent to the unit e User login name of the user who performed the command hidden if you do not have access rights to some user e Command command type or description e Parameter additional parameter in the command for messages it is text e Execution time time when the command was executed e Channel channel type used to transmi
141. e map by their icons or by motion state signs depending on User Settings In the popup tooltip you will find time when message received speed at that point altitude and the values of mileage and engine hours counters oe A N a Pa 3 be a0 Nui a 1 Bi y A ari a n T g he rak Y i bi pe i E E a j 2 b r So Fe a ea A Te i i Last location of MAN AB 7232 7 at 2010 04 01 15 46 07 i ee Time 2010 02 24 13 44 34 ae Speed 64 kmh F i Altitude 0 km ie Sa WEE Mileage counter 2154 km a ae Engine hours counter 466 h e i A US ef w 5 4 a SA Awe a me Jl k UAC Bi a eee lA STATISTICS Statistics is a table consisting of two columns where the first one contains the parameters you have chosen and the second one shows their values Report Complete Report Unit Fish Boat Interval beginning 2009 02 18 17 17 00 Interval end 2010 05 31 23 59 59 Messages eb 334 Mileage counter 2634 km Engine hours counter 666 hours O minutes Parking time 22 days 2 hours Parkings count Sd Move time 1 days 14 hours Mileage in trips 1761 km Average speed in trips 46 kmh Maximum speed in trips 186 kmh Trips count Ta Statistics is a special table giving general information and results It can contain reports name unit name reported interval number of messages analyzed for the report and any statistical information you select Trakpro Standard User Guide246 Page
142. e speed in trips average speed in trips total mileage divided by move time Maximum speed in trips the maximum speed registered during the trips Trips count the number of trips Consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates in trips fuel consumed in trips It can be detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Rates deviation by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS ELS in trips the difference between fuel consumption detected by a sensors and fuel consumption rates Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates in trips average fuel consumption in trips detected by one of the methods mentioned above Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates in trips km 1I average fuel consumption presented as kilometers per one litre Unfinished rides Unfinished rides count the number of unfinished rides Unit latest data Note that all items in this section do not depend on report interval The latest information is taken at the moment of report execution Mileage counter mileage counter value Engine hours counter engine hours counter value GPRS traffic counter consumed traffic Unit last location the latest unit location detected address or coordinates Trakpro Standard User Guide250 Page pro e Last message time the time when the latest messages from the unit was received How mileage and engine hours are ca
143. e will be moving units and at the bottom staying or vice versa if you press this button twice Available columns are defined in User Settings gt Monitoring Panel Units Search It is not obligatory to display all available units on the working list Units can be easily added to and removed from the list Sometimes it is more convenient to work with a certain group of units and have it on the screen To add a unit or several units to the list push the asterisk button at the head of the table and set search parameters Select the criterion of M Messages 2 I Reports 3 lt 4 search Search by Monitoring dropdown list by name or FS yo p by O uni gee oP eS B creator phone number m Work List Manager x unique ID device type m Search by x access for user geofences Marne EI x unit groups sensor E Phone number Z 4 SMS Simlldel custom field driver m 55 SimOO 5 SMS Sint 1 Then formulate your M SMS SimO12 yt SMS Simlss inquiry in the Filter field Le Fetit Prince D U A For example to find all C amp Melquiades Buendia gt Oll Ge O MANSs select search by name and in the template field type man All units which names contain the combination of characters man both at the beginning and at the end of the name will be found and displayed immediately If you leave the search field empty all units possessing the selected property sensors ID etc will be d
144. e will be added to the report Trakpro Standard User Guide20 Page pro New Report Template Table properties _ O AMR aA ___ Name Speedings Type Speedings Available columns A Parameters t r Beginning L Group by Detailed 7 l I Row numberin M Location l i T Total X rana I Detalization I Total time i E Time limitation T M Max speed gi pil M Min duration min 1 M mileage i Max duration min t E Mileage adjusted ileage gree I Min mileage km t Driver t C Count t Notes tax mileage kmi Mone In Out Geofence CC Geofence 1 CC Geofence Use Ctrl Click to select multiple items Cancel OK Then press the Add Chart button and select the necessary chart type for example mileage in trips Note that for many charts to be generated the appropriate sensors are required Press OK Trakpro Standard User Guide21 Page pro New Report Template hart properties aaa Mame Chart Type Regular Splitsensors L Countfrom zero ata set A Chart params E Temperature ia iE E Trips i E Temperature smoothed zal elect sensors M All sensors E Engine revs l sensar 1 E Engine revs smoothed LL EEE C Counter sensors H sensora C Custom sensors j sensor 4 E Custom sensors srrioothed Ly E Custom digital sensors i E Custom digital sensors smoothed desl Absolute mileage
145. e will be specified in brackets The green icon against a command means that this command is supported by the selected unit Set additional parameters if needed for example input output index report interval path to load configuration or firmware file etc depending on command type If you select Send custom message enter the text to be sent or select one from previously saved To save your message in the list below press Store To delete a Trakpro Standard User Guide72 Page pro message press Delete a Send custom message protega Store ored Commands avada_kedavra al imperio expecto_patromun finite incantatum Delete lumos 4 Press OK The command will be executed immediately and its result will be reported in the log To show or hide the log window click on the double arrow in the right bottom corner of the window Chat with Driver Operator dispatcher can exchange messages with drivers To do this select the command Send message to driver and type a text In case the driver answers driver s message will popup in a special window at the top of the map New message can be accompanied with a signal see User Settings If you have unread messages the icon at the bottom of the window near the messages button blinks and in its tooltip you can see the number of unread messages Trakpro Standard User Guide73 Page is m i EFE orem e me iF ree E Lie T wa a Sa anstrahe Arabella Par
146. ect geofence s to control and control type control entries to or exits from geofence s To choose several geofences at once hold lt ctrl gt key and click on needed geofences in sequence In addition you can narrow trigger case adjusting speed limitations or sensor value range inside outside the geofence Then the notification will trigger when a unit being inside outside a controlled geofence breaks these limitations For additional speed control indicate lower and higher speed limit and the notification will trigger if beyond the limits For sensor control you can set trigger inside the indicated values as well as outside them Trakpro Standard User Guide121 Page pro Choose sensor types on the dropdown list or set the mask using a wildcard symbol If there will be two or more sensors of the same type or mask found their values can be summed or calculated separately select the corresponding option Geofence control Check type Control entries to a geofence Control exits from a geofence m m a l ee Geofence under control MEAD l kaznca Ufa Mihalovka McDonalds LCeblT 30521 Hannever Germany Route to Control Polygon Speed limit E Sensor value control D Speed control Define the minimum and or maximum speed values If a unit goes out of this range the notification will trigger In addition you can activate sensor value control in this case the notification will trigger on
147. ed to this table The parkings can be displayed on the map To make use of this feature select Parking markers in the report template Trakpro Standard User Guide209 Page sho Pad P25 ra e a LP oo Ree w 8 exo d yas i pee enor eae of l ex exper Be amn a parii E 11 nor 2 Parking a Sue 4 Time 2011 09 14 124 00 50 7 Duration 1 hours 5 minutes of i pa neo a 1 gae A ttention You should distinguish parkings from stops Rides A ride is a travel from one point called ride beginning to another called ride ending A ride can be done many times in a specified period of time Rides are useful for example when controlling cargo transportation form one point to another in several attempts For the report to be generated two factors are significant 1 when a unit leaves the ride beginning zone 2 when a unit enters the ride ending zone If both of these factors occur then a ride is completed and can be included in the report Preparing a Ride To get a report on rides performed geofences are needed to indicate ride beginning and ride end The beginning and the end can be the same geofence if the ride starts and ends in one place for example if it is necessary to travel ride around some shops and come back to the base Let us assume that it is needed to transport goods from one place to another and more than one ride is needed to do this To control this process we create Point A geofence and make i
148. ed you can also set two more properties Daily engine hours rate to calculate utilization and productivity and Maximum interval between messages to cut off false intervals of engine hours operation Additionally you can specify engine hours sensor to be used in this report For this enter its name mask in a special filter in the reports template It allows to create a separated table for each engine if there are several In the table you can see Beginning Initial location End Final location Engine hours In movement Idling Mileage Mov prod Utilization 2010 01 26 00 02 12 041km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 26 08 02 52 0 41 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 0 00 40 0 00 40 0 00 00 O 23km 100 0 0 4 2010 01 26 08 03 02 0 36 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 26 10 09 27 0 36 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2 06 25 1 34 25 0 32 00 24 km 74 7 70 2 2010 01 26 10 13 27 042 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 26 10 15 27 0 42 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 0 02 00 0 00 00 0 02 00 OOlkm 00 1 1 2010 01 26 10 15 52 041 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 26 15 23 17 0 41 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 5 07 25 3 31 25 1 56 00 130km 62 3 170 8 2030 03 26 15 31 17 0 36 km from TBILIS AVE Baku 2010 01 26 18 24 13 0 56 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2 52 56 1 46 10 1 06 46 83 km 614 96 1 2010 01 27 07 56 37 042 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 2010 01 27 09 15 32 0 42 km from TBILISI AVE Baku 1 18 55 0 10 55 1 08 00 2 58km 13 8 43 8 2010 01 27 09 17 32 2010 01 27 10 25
149. eesteaseeer 148 EOOD S aaa A E EEE EEA EOE OE EEA ET E 151 DIVET a E T E T E EE E TAE E EE E EEE E 153 Fearne DIVE ea E E E 155 Driver S SSIS UMC IM ccsioas datueasceenasenccecsars decenaenecadurasastacsmuseeacenasanstecguaadiasncnavomeseeeseaneecessenieecuensseenics 156 GS epee E E E E EE O N E E A E E 158 Mes ages MOIE orna ene EE EE A E 160 WORTE WIA MO SAS E AA N sewnendoesuoan 160 Dar IS Sa E A E E a 163 INO MOSSIE CSa E sy esereanicosvevceo sense son suieepanaceus ounces seusneat eres eeeasaneaaias 166 PREIS Fre EOIN S reesetctssarsne tease ssc eine sets eee eee cuasstonensectocanceasene sac seoawmeesbaneecn ieee psesneeaseecseteecucsonsent 168 EOE MOONE ME SEE ee EE A E 168 Query and View REPOSTS ccccccsssccccssecccesececeececeeneceseaeceseuscessenecesenecessuneesseecessaecesseneeees 171 ANS OU sre E E 172 PADER OE oae E E E E E E baeenas 174 EDON REPON TO FIle re E E E 174 Ropo TEMPIE S aar A A EE NARE EAN 176 Creatine Repor Template saticscidctecsvcedcuasacccnaevounseeussesdessrsedsensuesacude somesece sean dooarsedsmenuiedenavnannseareedes 177 Bjal g e E A E EA A E E N E N E E E 179 Templates Import POO coisa tirrasetasetaasesannes EAA ERA 181 Trakpro Standard User Guide3 Page TANS oes occa ere sects ston aces tienes ecm sa EAEE 182 TION Paramete ys acerccrsce versace N N A E E E ass 186 Mtera FI O es A E E E E E E E 189 E vey A EEA A A E A E A A E A E 193 CODOLET E E E 193 Connection Problems ss uscssorcsnvenovssnan
150. el consumption search text box and observe the results Complete report El x Additional search parameters are setin ennection E x the dropdown list where you can choose a x Drivers Ef gt El x The following actions are available nana stdebS656 a or edit or view a report template Thefts and Idles depends on your access level Thefts and Idles SSS Se S34 B 4 ll i KKK HR create a new template using this one eekly report as a basis X delete a template if the button is dimmed you have not enough rights Creating Report Template To create a new report template press the New button In the dialog enter a name for the template and choose one of four types e Unit this template will be applicable to separate units e Unit group this template will be used to gather information about several units at once see unit group e User this template can be used to analyze users activity in the system e Drivers this template can be used to analyze driver s work Trakpro Standard User Guide177 Page pro Attention To create reports on unit groups users and drivers the Advanced Reports extension package is required It is not recommended to change template type when editing a previously created template because all template contents will be lost with this action Add tables and charts to your template choose items for statistics adjust map output and decide upon other p
151. elements on map POI geofences any markers unit last location icons tracks and all messages on map e Some graphs in Statistics Report Group Interval beginning Interval end Report execution time e Advanced options US metrics geofences and POI as address source etc All tables available for units are available for unit groups too Besides the table Unit latest data is available for unit groups only In Unit group reports the following features are not available e Charts e Most of statistics excluding report template name unit group name and reporting interval Tables for Unit Groups When configuring tables for unit groups take into account some peculiarities As the first column of the table you will see the list of all units included into the selected group in the alphabetical order Other columns are defined in the template in the same way as for usual tables In the columns such as Count there will be the number of events registered in the reporting period for the given unit Below is an example of a table on speedings for a group of five units for an interval of five days detalization off N Unit Beginning Duration Max speed Mileage Count 1 Aircool 2010 03 29 14 11 11 1 minutes 52 seconds 1 kmh 2 44km 3 2 MAN 1236 RU 2010 03 29 06 45 12 47 minutes 21 seconds 110 km h 54 km 34 d MAN 55523 A 2010 04 07 13 29 31 11 seconds 103 kmh 0 52 km 4 MON AB 1966 2 2010 03 30 04 40 36
152. enable the option Replace unit names with drivers names in User Settings In Notifications Drivers appear in notifications You can configure a notification to get informed when a driver is assigned to a unit or unbound from it Using notifications you can also unbind driver automatically for example when entering the depot In Reports The drivers can be also mentioned in reports if the appropriate column is chosen in report template This is available for the following tables Trips Engine hours Rides Unfinished rides Fuel fillings Fuel thefts Soeedings Beginning Location Duration Max speed Driver 2010 03 07 11 51 11 Berliner Ring Berlin DE 0 00 46 115 mph John Smith 2010 03 07 12 07 52 Berliner Ring Berlin DE 0 00 10 114 mph John Smith 2010 03 07 12 09 14 Berliner Ring Berlin DE 0 00 46 114 mph John Smith 010 03 07 Ll2il2i24 410 Berlin DE THIERA 115 mph John Smith 2010 03 07 12 26 50 4 127 Berlin DE 0 00 ag 114 mph John Smith OS ee ae eas 4 12 Berlin DE 0 03 16 116 mph John Smith Besides if you have Reports on Drivers module you can generate a report totally dedicated to working shifts of a certain driver Trakpro Standard User Guide159 Page pro MESSAGES MODE The Massages Mode gives access to unit database Here you can view messages received from unit coordinates parameters speed etc as well as SMS messages received from unit commands sent to unit and events registered in unit histor
153. enaming an item it remains at its former place until you reopen the list DYNAMIC FILTER If a list contains a great number of items it can be not so easy to quickly find necessary item For your convenience you can fulfill dynamic search It is available in all panels except Tracks Simply start typing the name of an item geofence unit route etc depending on the panel opened You can start typing a name from any point While typing items which correspond to your query will be immediately displayed Geofences Pew ImpotExport All bs O A a County Cricket Club In Yorkshire a gr E x E New York 1 T oe el xX T York City F C CFC 1h ox Yorkish terriers 0 El Ex If you leave the search field empty ALL items will be displayed The dynamic filter can be found also in properties dialog of units units groups and users when adjusting access right However the difference is that search results are displayed not while typing but after you press the APPLY button The particularities of the dynamic filter usage in the Monitoring panel are described in Unit List Management section Trakpro Standard User Guide41 Page pro While typing you query you can use wildcard symbols such as and which use is described below NAME MASK Besides the dynamic search there is the other type of filter It is used to specify an item sensor geofence etc when configuring reports notifications etc This assumes
154. enerate a Execute Clear report Object Choose a system object to apply the report to Depending on the template selected above you will be offered to choose unit unit group user or driver Unit groups must be created beforehand in the Unit Groups panel If the report is dedicated to unit not all units are displayed in this dropdown list but only those which are in the work list of the Monitoring panel at the moment If at that the group monitoring mode is enabled the units included in the groups chosen in the Monitoring panel are displayed in the dropdown list If an advanced report is chosen then all objects of the appropriate type drivers users or unit groups correspondingly are displayed on the dropdown list As in case of templates on the right of the selected object there is a button to check object s properties Interval type Select a type of the interval and fill in the required fields to indicate the reporting period Three ways to specify the interval are possible here e Specified interval specify date and time to seconds of the interval beginning and end e Starts From until today specify the beginning only and the and will be set automatically as the current date and time Trakpro Standard User Guide171 Page pro e For previous select the number days weeks months years The current day week etc can be included to the interval or not depending on the state of Include current checkbox Whe
155. ensor s value can be visualized in the chart that shows counter s operation intervals and its value Counterdl oe p y T p T T T i T eT T amp D amp 60 E H foi tet a HHH a 0 o O S OO SS S ee eee 2010 04 04 2010 04 04 2010 04 04 2010 04 05 12 56 40 17 06 40 21 16 40 01 26 40 Custom Fields The table Custom fields represents the list of custom fields entered in the corresponding tab of unit properties dialog see Unit Properties gt Custom f Name alue Fields Possible columns Carrying capacity 3 tonnes e Name custom field name Fuel eae e Value custom field value Year mark 1999 Notes an empty column for your custom comments There is no point to apply additional parameters such as grouping Total row and numbering to this kind of report It does not matter what interval you choose for the report because only the current fields contained in unit properties can be displayed Trakpro Standard User Guide196 Page pro To get custom fields for unit group see Advanced Reports make sure the option Detalization is enabled Pay attention that individual fields of each unit will be displayed and not the fields of the selected unit group Digital Sensors Usually digital sensors have two states on off activated deactivated busy free and so on For example
156. ent of registration Engine hours engine hours counter value at the moment of registration Count the number of services Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide206 Page pro Service time Kind of work Location Duration Cost Mileage Engine hours 2010 05 01 13 59 00 Yearly Checkup Coerdestiege Minster DE 0 24 00 500 00 123 km 3days 0 00 00 2010 05 03 14 01 00 Oil Change Kleiweg Gelsenkirchen 4Alt DE 0 30 00 17 00 234km 37 days 7 00 00 7010 05 08 14 02 00 Washing Brieger Strate Langenhagen CTO 1 00 00 12 00 465km 43 days 0 00 00 Attention If the rows in the table are white and not green it means that during the registration the place was not shown on the map Non visited Geofences This report gives the list of geofences which were not visited during the indicated period of time In report template choose geofences to be checked when generating the table The list of geofences includes only those geofences which belong to the same account with the report template Geofences on the list are sorted by name If the list is large it is convenient to use name mask to quickly find necessary geofences Let us assume we have 10 stores geofences to be visited every day We would like to find out whether there are geofences which were ignored within the work week from 11th to 15th of May To do this we enable grouping by days and detalization select necessary geofences and columns for t
157. eport template e Ride beginning end these parameters are important for reports on rides The same geofence can be simultaneously the end of one ride and the beginning of another but cannot be the beginning and the end of one ride e Color choose a color using the palette or enter a color RGB code This color will be used to display a geofence on the map and show its name in a unit info tip if a unit is located in this geofence If a color is not set the default green color will be used for the geofence 3 Save Geofence When finished press Save In case of a mistake press Clear and try again To close the create mode without saving results press Cancel Created geofence appears at the end of the list and on the map Trakpro Standard User Guide103 Page pro Geofences Management In the work area there is a list of all created geofences Put check marks in the left column to choose geofences to be displayed on the map Unselect this box to remove geofences from the map Geofences can be displayed with captions or not depending User Settings If you have ticked too many geofences or they are very big it can slow down browser performance In this case the option to render geofences on the server can help see User Settings gt Maps Geofences are given in the alphabetical order When you create a new geofence it appears at the end of the list with map checkbox enabled However when the list is reloaded new geofences t
158. eport are adjusted in Unit Properties gt Advanced where you set Maximum interval between messages The following information can be presented in this kind of report e Beginning date and time when connection loss happened e End date and time when connection was recovered e Duration time interval of connection loss Trakpro Standard User Guide194 Page Fa i ho fa Fe pro Location the address where the unit was right before the connection broke Count the number of connection gaps detected Driver driver s name or code if available Notes an empty column for your custom comments Beginning End Location Duration 2010 02 01 00 00 00 2010 02 26 14 00 42 Walsroder Strafe Langenhagen DE 2 days 14 00 42 2010 03 05 23 23 50 2010 03 06 09 59 21 1 Poy Sot a 2010 05 15 06 32 25 2010 03 31 23 59 59 Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE 16 days 16 27 34 Additional filtration by driver and geofences units can be applied to this report Counter Sensors This table shows the operation of counter type sensors In the template you set the mask filter for sensors or choose All sensors Possible columns are Sensor sensor name Activated activation time Deactivated deactivation time Duration operation time Total time time from the first activation beginning to the last activation end useful if grouping by days is enabled Location unit location when counter was activated Mileage distance travelled f
159. et at the right e Count the number of rides e Status unit status registered during the current ride if there are several the first one is displayed e Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates e Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates average fuel consumption in the ride detected by one of the methods mentioned above e Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the ride e Final fuel level fuel level at the end of the ride e Max fuel level maximum fuel level e Min fuel level minimum fuel level e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Ride store W457 Store M47 store W457 Store M47 store W845 Store Ne4 store W847 Store Ned store W845 Store M47 store Weds Store M47 store W845 Store M47 store N9457 Store W47 Store W 4h Store M47 store W457 Store M47 Beginning 2010 02 19 10 15 08 2010 02 19 11 27 40 2010 02 19 12 03 40 2010 02 19 12 43 40 2010 02 19 13 19 40 2010 02 19 14 15 40 2010 02 19 14 54 40 2010 02 19 15 34 40 2010 02 19 16 10 40 2010 02 19 16 50 40 See also Unfinished Rides Mileage 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km 13 01 km Duration z6 00 z6 00 24i 00 26 00 24i 00 z000 24 00 z6 00 24 00 26
160. event registered in the log has happened in a certain place for example a new location of a unit was detected you can move to this place on the map clicking on the black arrow at the end of the entry The log uses fonts of different colors in order to separate different type of entries from each other The black color is used for most regular messages concerning units motions and actions The green indicates user s activity creation and editing of places units geofencs user settings changes etc Red color is used to display error messages The bordeaux entries mean alarm messages received from units Short Cuts Keyboard shortcuts give more convenient and quick to navigate through the system This feature is activated in User Settings Shortcuts for mode selection e 1 the Map Mode e 2 the Messages Mode e 3 the Reports Mode Trakpro Standard User Guide36 Page lrakpro Eea 15 25 57 01 EN22 Tools WebGIS Track Player 4 Distance 5 Area 6 Monitoring a Units Z Address 7 Sza Tracks w jg Users x Routing 8 Y pe Hittest 9 im POI E UnitGroups E Nearest Units 0 f Geofences R lt Drivers vV ica ii Jobs A 7 ah ew Notifications 3 o AE E Routes D OY y l T a Mazda 326 OA1107 dO weve Oo A a Shortcuts for tools e 4 the Track Player e 5 the Distance tool e 6 the Area tool e 7
161. f the units in the group Parkings Parkings are estimated according to parameters set in Trip Detection when configuring a unit To get information as accurate as possible it is advised that you configure each parameter individually for every piece of equipment A parking is an interval of time when the following conditions are satisfied 1 Insignificant speed The speed detected must fall in the range from 0 to the Minimum moving speed When this speed is achieved unit s behavior is regarded as movement trip if by time and distance it corresponds to trip definition Winimum trip time and Minimum trip distance parameters Then the parking finishes But if by time or distance the movement does not fall into trip definition the parking is prolonged Sufficient time interval Insignificant soeed must continue not less than Minimum parking time If this time is not achieved unit s behaviour are not regarded as parking It may be regarded as a stop but only in case there was a zero speed registered Insignificant location change As it has been already noted above the parking is also an insignificant movement in space that is a travel which in not longer than Minimum trip distance if by time it not shorter than Minimum parking time The following information is presented in this kind of report Trakpro Standard User Guide208 Page pro e Beginning the time when the parking started e End the time when the parkin
162. g ended e Duration time interval of the parking e Total time time from the first parking beginning to the last parking end useful if grouping by days is enabled e Off time time interval from the previous parking and to the current parking beginning e Location the address where the unit was stationary If there was an insignificant movement detected the initial address is used e Driver driver s name or code if available e Counter counter sensor values e Status unit status registered during the current parking interval if there are several the first one is displayed e Count the number of parkings e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Fa Beginning End 2010 02 28 14 00 42 2010 03 01 00 2010 03 01 00 55 44 2010 03 01 OL EMUN a O1 21 4 2010 03 01 OL fULO O3 01 01 52 29 2010 03 01 04 fULO O3 01 O4 235 21 2010 05 01 O05 2010 03 01 05 46 51 2010 03 01 OF 2010 03 01 07 52 19 2010 03 01 22 UL0 03 01 22 44 49 2OLO 03 01 23 on tO A Ww Hw eH fbiee 14 47 32ra IPHI Sla 15 11 IEH 2906 Duration Location Count 10 25 40 Walsroder Strafe Langenhagen DE 1 0 19 03 Donaustrate Hannover DE 1 0 11 04 m Eisenwerk Laatzen DE 1 2 14 53 T 1 1 08 16 IKEA 1 1 28 20 Expo Allee Laatzen DE 1 14 16 05 Walsroder Strae Langenhagen DE 1 ey Pas 1 Intervals filtration by parking duration sensor state driver fuel fillings thefts and geofences units can be appli
163. ge 1l average fuel consumption in the trip detected by one of the methods mentioned above e Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the trip e Final fuel level fuel level at the end of the trip e Max fuel level maximum fuel level in the trip e Min fuel level minimum fuel level in the trip e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Beginning 2010 03 01 00 26 22 2010 03 01 01 14 47 2010 03 01 01 32 51 2010 03 01 04 07 02 2010 03 01 05 31 37 2010 03 01 07 15 11 2010 03 01 22 08 22 2010 03 02 09 41 13 2010 03 02 10 15 00 2010 03 02 12 40 20 2010 03 02 22 17 22 Initial location Walsroder Strafe Langenhagen DE Donaustrabe Hannover DE 0 12 km from Am Eisenwerk Laatzen DE 7 IKEA Platz der Nationen Laatzen DE Walsroder Strafie Langenhagen DE P33 Hildesheimer Stra e Laatzen DE Hildesheimer Stra e Hannover DE Walsroder Strafe Langenhagen DE Final location Donaustrabe Hannover DE Am Eisenwerk Laatzen DE 7 IKEA Expo Allee Laatzen DE Walsroder Strafie Langenhagen DE P33 Hildesheimer StraBe Laatzen DE 1 2 Laatzen DE Walsroder Strafie Langenhagen DE P33 Duration Mileage 0 29 22 12 84 km 0 07 00 1 89 km 0 19 38 4 59 km 0 16 19 466km 0 15 14 4 93km 0 37 08 16 35 km 0 36 27 17 62 km 0 15 44 2 72 km 0 07 55 1 08 km 0 22 18 13 76 km 0 41 36 18 11 km Avg speed Max speed 26 km h 16 km h 14 km h 17 km h 19 km h 26 km h 29 km h 10 km
164. generated every day at 4 AM It will contain data for the last day and the trips which finished after midnight will not be broken into two parts Send Information about Fuel You can get information about fuel fillings thefts fuel level by e mail or SMS according to predefined schedule This information is given in iters only To detect fuel fillings and thefts the appropriate unit settings are used see Unit Properties gt Fuel Consumption Trakpro Standard User Guide117 Page pro ene al mAAMHAHA_a Recipients Event type E mails O Fuel level W user company com m Filling M user company com I Thef C Method of delivery a M E mail C M cpe Phones Message form W 30296876453 e Separate message for each unit E All units in one message E Time offset 0 minutes E r Additional parameters to configure this report are e Event type filling theft fuel level all three can be chosen Fuel level means fuel level at the beginning and at the end of the interval the interval is set later e Method of delivery by e mail and or SMS On the right enter your e mail s and phone number s in the international format When all slots to enter e mails and phones are filled additional slots appear automatically e Message form one unit in one message or all units in one message e Time offset in minutes This parameter allows you to analyze messages from the black box In this case time offset value is subtra
165. gh to register the entrance If point omission is not allowed arrival point must coincide with that which were expected It means if there was expected the arrival to the second control point and the unit came to the third this visit will be not registered and the system will continue to wait for arrival to the second point Waiting for departure The status Waiting for departure from lt control point name gt is assigned immediately as an arrival is registered Then the system starts to wait departure from the same point In other words one message from unit can give background to generate two events at once arrival to a control point and waiting for departure from it Trakpro Standard User Guide144 Page pro Departure exit Departure from a control point is detected when we get a messages from unit according to which the unit is already not inside the point At that the previous message must fall inside the point In unit history this is registered as exit time Control point visited If both entrance and exit were registered for a control point this point is considered as Visited Control point skipped The event of control point omission can be registered only for routes which allow skipping points If after visiting the second control point the unit comes to the fifth then the third and forth points will be considered as Skipped Even if these points are visited later these visits will not be taken into account
166. gle Streets Moogle Physical Moogle Satellite Moogle Hybrid Moogle Map Maker CO gs Moogle Map Maker Hybrid Wap Virtual Earth Aerial E Virtual Earth Hybrid s Wirtual Earth Oblique Yandex Map a Boisd Yandex Satellite jra Yandex Hybrid biw India Map Yahooa India D Enable trafic layer Trakpro Standard User Guide33 Page pro To activate more maps go to User Settings or contact your service administrator For Google and Yandex maps traffic layer is supported To enable it choose the appropriate option in map source menu Traffic information from Google is updated each time you move or zoom the map Traffic information from Yandex is reloaded each 5 minutes NAVIGATION There are three basic ways to navigate over the map 1 Using corresponding buttons At the left top corner of the map there are four arrow like buttons that allow you to move map over the screen up down right and left correspondingly 2 Using the mouse This is similar to drag and drop method Left click on any place of the map and drag to necessary direction Then release the mouse button 3 Using minimap panel This way is more convenient when working with large scaled maps To open this panel press the minimap button at the bottom Click on any place in the minimap window to move through the main map Except navigation the minimap can be used for tracking purposes Pa a A l fey i J E 3 E ANE TIET ia ih Mo Wunstor
167. h 8 km h 37 km h 26 km h 83 krn h 41 km h 53 km h 61 km h 92 km h 122 km h 122 km h 66 km h 46 km h 65 km h 71 km h Cons by math 1 19 It 0 20 It 0 47 It 0 46 It 0 47 It 146 It 1 53 It 0 32 It 0 14 It 1 29 It 1 71 It Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops sensors driver fuel fillings fuel thefts and geofences units For example you can query trips with a sensor on The tracks of the trips can be displayed on the map To make use of this feature select Tracks on map option in report template Trakpro Standard User Guide223 Page pro Unfinished Rides See the previous topic Rides to learn how to prepare rides for this report Unfinished is a ride when a unit left a beginning ride geofence and after a while entered a beginning ride geofence again This can be the same geofence if circle rides are not allowed or another one The structure of the report is the same as for usual rides Ride departure and destination geofences Ride from can be used instead of the previous column Only the departure geofence is indicated here Ride to destination geofence Beginning date and time when the ride began End date and time when the ride ended Mileage distance travelled in this ride Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Ride duration how much time it took to
168. he report If no address information is available the coordinates are displayed instead TOOLS The list of available tools is accessible through the Tools menu in the top panel With a help of such features as Track Player Distance Area Address Routing Hittest and Nearest units you can measure the length of polyline or just a distance between two points measure an area of any piece of the map find out the address of some place get to know the shortest way to a certain destination point analyze movement tracks etc To get more accurate measurements observe the following rules e Toadd a point double click on any place on the map e Toinsert a point double click on the ae g tack Player 4 MS Distance 5 segment between two points ae Area 6 e To delete a point double click it Address 0 e To reposition the point click on it and Routing holding the left mouse button drag to lt fir Hittest 9 another place on the map y ep Nearest Units 0 To quickly access a tool use shortcuts Any tool a Aa can be minimized or closed with two corresponding buttons located in the upper right hand corner of the window of each tool Besides these windows can be dragged over the screen Their custom position is stored for each tool individually and next time they will be opened in the place they were closed the previous time Find detailed information about each tool Track Player e Distance e
169. he table e Geofence geofence name e Type geofence type line polygon circle e Area total geofence area e Perimeter geofence perimeter e Count the number of geofences which were skipped e Notes an empty column for your custom comments From this report we see that 11th of May Store 2 and Store 7 were ignored 14th of May Store 3 and 15th of May Store 2 again 12th and 13th are missed in the list and it means that all predefined geofences were visited on those days The cells with geofences names are green and if you click one the map will be moved to the first point of this geofence Trakpro Standard User Guide207 Page pro Date Geofence Type Area Perimeter Count E 2010 05 11 0 00 m z ee Store 7 Circle 0 13 km 1 26 km 1 Store 7 Polygon 0 08 km 1 11 km 1 Fl 2010 05 14 0 0 00 m 1 Store 3 Circle 0 03 km 626 352 m 1 Fl 2010 05 15 0 O 00 mz 1 Store 2 Circle 0 13 km 1 26 km 1 When the table is applied to a unit group you can find one more parameter in the report template Consider group as a whole When the flag is off a group report is structured in the same way as individual report and the information is given for each separate unit from the group When the flag Consider group as a whole is on report structure is different you get the list of geofences which were visited by none o
170. his one as the basis Trakpro Standard User Guide135 Page pro X delete a notification If you have just view access to the account where a notification is located you cannot edit or delete it and some buttons look different you cannot change notification state view notification properties editing not available impossible to delete the notification Using the dynamic filter you can save your time when looking for a certain notification on the list Enter notification name or its part into the search box above the list and estimate the results The other way to filter notifications can be used if you have access to more than one account Then on the dropdown list choose account name to display only the notifications which belong to this account Note that if you have just view rights to an account you cannot edit or delete these notifications Online Notification Online notifications will popup on the map It can be accompanied by a special sound see User Settings As more notifications come they are stored in the same window Newly come notifications are added to the list on the top The captions of unread notifications are bold The caption for notification is taken from the name that was given while creating notification To expand or minimize a notification use the switch button If clicking on a notification the map is centered on the place where the event happened If clicking on a unit name map is cente
171. hoose the number from the dropdown list Use routing When choosing this option the distance from the indicated place to a unit is calculated not directly but taking into account existing roads The source for routing can be Google or Visicom maps District Any geofence can be selected as district limitation If any geofence in selected the search is performed only among the units which are in this geofence at the moment This feature is designed to exclude from search results the units which are far away from the indicated place Note that after applying search parameters district is reset automatically Data for last Units which have not been sending messages for a long time can make difficulties for locating nearest units Then it is handy to narrow the search interval for last 5 or 30 minutes 1 6 12 or 24 hours or set Anytime no limitations If unit last message doesn t get into the specified interval this unit will not be considered Search Results Search results are presented at the bottom of the window as a list of units There you can see unit name driver s phone number if any driver with indicated phone number is bound Trakpro Standard User Guide277 Page to unit distance to the indicated place and the button to send commands to unit including sending a message to driver y oo mlizestation Mittetekd T SE Ta ee or unbtigednae A i a ee es Son klar e A Ar To search for a nearest
172. i o ja we amp Geofences A A E aia 11 pi i i oe A Laut j i I an Fa H i j j N a i 17 E gr Al IO STH V i a i iF Pn fi F Geofence properties Name New Geofence Type Line x width Radius im gp Account mm aa Ei Area 0 694 krn 683747 430 m We 3 Perimeter 6 547 krm 8546 843 m Address source M Ride beginning I ca 3 Ride end a Cancel Clear Save a 94 AV EAA Fr M 123 route 3 i X om j 1 rae ii Ke Name D M County Cricket Club in Yorkshire 0 i A E X r Ta ae Y Se ft we M Courier 007 1 eX a raw te RAs y Hint A quick way to map a geofence is by using the Routing tool create lines or Address tool create circles 2 Set Geofence Properties e Name a geofence name that is used while tracking units as well as in reports and notifications e Type line polygon or circle For line you also have to indicate its width for circle Trakpro Standard User Guide102 Page pro radius in meters e Account this dropdown list is shown if the current user has the access to more than one account e Area amp Perimeter these fields are not editable they are calculated automatically when mapping a geofence e Address source check this box if you want to use a geofence instead of a usual addresses In this case a geofence name can be used in reports in the location columns It happens if Geofences as address source option is activated in the r
173. ick The address of the place will be detected by Web GIS and written in the Location field Press the Reset Location button to clean this address and indicate another one Besides you can manually edit this field for example you can add gas station name When the focus is on the map the dialog moves to the top left hand corner and the Restore Dialog button appears If you ress it the dialog becomes active again even if you do not indicate any place on the map Trakpro Standard User Guide78 Page pro Register Maintenance Work In the registrar choose Register maintenance work and press Next Kind of work Dil Change Maintenance W Oil Change Description _ Yearly Checkup Washing Cost 12 Duration a0 minutes Location Sulgener Strabe Archhald Aeset Location Date 11 May 2010 11 01 Mileage 465 km Engine hours 1032 h Enter the following data e kind of work type from the keyboard or select from available service intervals on the right e custom description e cost e service duration in minutes e location press the Select Location button and double click on the map or edit this field manually e date and time when the work was done be default the current date and time are offered e values of mileage and engine hours counters at the moment of the event the current values are displayed but you can edit them In the right part of the dialog you see the list of service intervals contained in
174. ied radius When finished press OK The newly create POI will appear at the bottom of the list At that the flag to display the POI on the map will be enabled However when the list is reloaded the POI will take its place according to the alphabet Further information POI Management Trakpro Standard User Guide96 Page pro POI Management POI are sorted by name To quickly find a certain place use the dynamic filter above the list Begin to input the name of a place and see the results To move to a certain POI on the map simply click on its name on the list In the first column of the table tick those POI that should be seen on the map Put the flag at the header of the list to select unselect all POI POI can be presented on the map by their names default color is orange attached images and circles as well as any combination of these three elements Overlapping POI can be grouped under one icon Parameters of POI visualization are both in POI properties and in User sn Sangerhausen Halle Saale y A ae i Nata hi FRANN a 7 AS K LE ia zi R Tae a Bie 2 RN N Brandl et an Qs sae Se area Gneisenaustadt Schildau n sayan RATA Schkopau Merseburg Saale se l krig austin i a 3 Leuna t i i se 2 K Fp E Mark Brasil Bad nberg d fa de_Seaside Park Hotel E T PA Latitude 51342934 Longitude 12 379206 Visibility scale from 20 m 7100
175. ime time from the end of the previous stop to the beginning of this one e Location the address where the unit stopped e Driver driver s name or code if available e Count the number of stops e Counter counter sensor values e Notes an empty column for your custom comments N Beginning End Duration Location Count i 2010 03 01 00 26 19 2010 05 01 00 29 19 0 01 00 Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE 1 2 2010 03 01 01 43 02 2010 03 01 Ol i44 02 0 01 00 1 1 a 2010 03 01 05 44 29 2010 03 01 05 45 30 0 01 01 f 1 4 2010 03 01 07 41 22 2010 03 01 07 42 22 0 01 00 Wahrenwalder Strate Hannover DE 1 5 2010 03 01 07 48 37 2010 05 01 07 49 37 0 01 00 Walsrader Stra e Langenhagen DE 1 6 2010 03 02 09i43 49 2010 03 02 09 44 50 0 01 01 Pas 1 T f010 03 02 09 50 43 2010 03 02 09 51 44 0 01 01 Kkronsbergstra e Laatzen DE 1 a 2010 03 02 10 16 32 2010 03 02 10 19 33 0 01 01 Loccumer Strahe Hannover DE 1 9 2010 03 02 27 19 28 2010 05 02 22 20 28 0 01 00 Walsrader Strate Langenhagen DE 1 Intervals filtration by stop duration sensor state driver fuel fillings and thefts can be applied to this table This kind of report can be supplemented by corresponding markers on the map Pe a iecki LAW PE jedke Jinei w S fi m y ie i net l Time 2010 03 07 19 09 39 A pee ees 72 Duration 1 minutes 0 seconds karezew A a ai o y ye ae r TU 5 Celest Tt re T w A E p Latowicz wt a A i b Seroczyn Trips This kind of report shows
176. in one icon If one or more units overlay on the map their icons can be grouped into one It lightens visual reception of the map The exception is in two biggest zooms where all icons are displayed regardless their overlapping Show unit icons at map borders If a unit gets out of view its icon will be displayed at map border in the direction where the unit is located Click on this icon to move to this unit on the map Trace It is possible to indicate the length of the trace which is added to a moving unit on the map the Points in traces parameter and choose the color and width for it POI visualization on map Display POI names on the map Depending on this flag POI can be displayed on the map with its name or without it only with image or and a circle Default color for these captions is orange however it can be Trakpro Standard User Guide49 Page pro changed for each POI individually Note that this option affects the Map Mode as well as reports Display overlapping POI in one icon If several POI icons overlap when displayed on the map they can be grouped into one icon Place the cursor over this icon to know which POI hide behind it Note that for reports this option is set independently in advanced options of report template Geofence visualization on map Display names of geofences on the map If activated geofences are displayed on the map with captions It concerns also control points of line
177. ind users sensors geofences etc simply type one asterisk in the input box of search terms Masks are employed in notifications to specify sensor route or driver under control as well as set SMS text mask or parameter in messages in user properties to set host mask for users in unit log to quickly find the necessary row in reports to specify driver sensor event violation route and its geofence and when selecting geofences in the Messages Mode to filter found messages in all panels masks can be used instead of the Dynamic filter Input Rules All editable fields are checked to approve that entered data is valid If there is incorrect data the field is highlighted red Incorrect entries are Not enough characters in a name or a phone number Names of monitoring units units groups and users must consist of at least 4 characters Other objects like places geofences drivers report templates etc can have names from one character Excessive number of characters more than 50 in names of monitoring units units groups and users Letters in numeric fields phone numbers sensor values radius fuel consumption and trip detector settings etc Forbidden characters o double quotation marks o curly brackets o the backslash Trakpro Standard User Guide43 Page pro e Partly forbidden characters o spaces are not allowed at the beginning and at the end of editable fields however they a
178. ion Cost 2010 05 01 13 59 00 2010 05 11 14 01 11 Maintenance Yearly Checkup Coerdestiege M nster DE So0 00 2010 05 02 14 36 00 2010 05 11 14 37 51 Filling 80 It for44 rub was made B 327 Koblenz DE 44 00 2010 05 03 14 01 00 2010 05 11 14 01 58 Maintenance Ol Change kleiweg Gelsenkirchen 4Alt DE 17 00 2010 05 04 14 38 00 2010 05 11 14 39 06 Filling Fuel filling 120 It 77 rub k 6s Waldweiler DE 7r 00 2010 05 08 14 02 00 2010 05 11 14 03 15 Maintenance Washing Brieger StraGe Langenhagen 12 00 If the rows of the table are white and not green it means that no location was indicated while registering an event Violations Violations are particular case of events The report on violations gives the list of violations detected by the system and registered manually and stored in unit events history Violations are 1 Triggered notifications which method of delivery is Register as violation Trakpro Standard User Guide225 Page pro 2 Manually registered custom event if they have the Violation flag To make a report dedicated just to violations of a certain kind in report template enter a mask to filter violations text description like speed accident temperature etc Only those messages which text corresponds to the given mask will be added to the table The following information can be presented in this kind of report e Violation time time when the violation happened e Time received time when the serve
179. ional parameters to filter intervals There you can set conditions to select information to be displayed in the resulting report These conditions affect reports that concern selecting intervals from the collection of messages These Trakpro Standard User Guide189 Page pro reports are Counter sensors Digital sensors Geofences Engine hours Parkings and Stops Rides and Unfinished rides Speedings Trips and others Duration The set of filtration parameters varies IW Min duration min 33 depending on table type The following F Max duration min 333 Mil parameters are possible duration mileage eo pecs O Min mileage km m1 il ik engine hours speed range stops parkings See Engine hours sensors driver fuel fillings and thefts E Min engine hours min Max engine hours min geofences Adjusting these parameters will limit the scope of intervals getting to the i O Max speed kmh i R etri int report For example you can indicate the Lall Senan Miaa Stops minimum duration and minimum mileage for with stops P ki the trips to be displayed Or you can query Aarne with parkings visited geofences with a stop at least 10 F Min duration min O Sum up intervals minutes in them Sensors 7 with sensor ort Duration m Min duration min 10 Max duration min Minimum and or maximum duration of the Retrieve on off intervals Sum up intervals
180. ions and drivers messages When a notification or a message pops up the browser will play sound In Windows OC QuickTime Alternative can be used as media player Automatically display popup events If ticked online notifications and messages from drivers pop up automatically However if you remove the flag only the blinking envelope in the bottom panel will indicate that there are new events Use shortcuts Check this box to activate Shortcuts Show in unit info tip Here you choose which information should be listed in unit tooltip on the map and in the work list If nothing is selected only last message time will be displayed in unit info tip Trakpro Standard User Guide47 Page pro Unit info Device type unique ID and phone number which are specified in unit properties This information is available to users with manage or edit rights only Location The last detected address Speed Speed in the latest message Altitude Altitude in the latest message if device is able to give such data Satellites The number of satellites locked Counters Values of mileage counter and engine hours counter See Counters Presence in geofences If unit is situated in a geofence geofence s name will be displayed and it will have the same color as assigned in geofence properties Parameters Message parameters are CAN bus power voltages and many others Their names as they come in messages and their raw values can be
181. irst point without snapping to roads The last point can be fixed for example if a unit lefts the depot and after a while is expected to come back that is regardless any sequence order offered by the program the last point will be that which was set the last For this enable the flag Stick last point At the end press the Calculate button and estimate the result If you need to change some parameters for example add more points press Undo calculation If you want to built a new route remove all points with the special button on the head of the points list Trakpro Standard User Guide273 Page pro In addition you can choose line color as well as view information about route its length and number of points i PIG te ee Bo Tesa Routing ama Kirchrode Al indi i i Double click on the map to indicate key points for the route To move a point PATTI left click it and drag to another place holding the lett mouse button To delete a i TAG a point double click it search points by address Route parameters Provider E Walking mode Avoid highways C Route color 11 530 km 57 points Undo calculation Save as geofence Account Geofence name M Save control points only Saving Route After the route is mapped it can be saved as a line shaped geofence To do this enter geofence name choose
182. is a special button in the monitoring panel to send commands to units The resulting table includes e time when command was sent e user name from which the command was sent if there is a dash in this cell it means you have no access to this user and its login is hidden e command name e parameters for those commands which require additional parameters like message to driver input activation deactivation report period custom message etc e time when the command was executed if execution failed this cell is empty channel gsm csd tcp udp Time User Command Parameters Execution time Channel 7 q 1357 58 user Locate device 13 57 59 gsm E 2 135845 user Setonline report period 30 13 58 46 gsm E 3 1358 58 user Locate device 13 58 54 gsm E 4 1359 38 user Locate device 13 59 34 gsm E 5 1345954 user Activate output 4 T5954 gsm E 6 1359 58 user Locate device 14 00 01 gsm E T 140016 user Setonline report period 60 1400 17 gsm E o 1400 21 user Locate device 14 00 22 gsm C 9 1 00 32 user Send custom message imperia 14 00 33 gsm E 10 14 00 58 user Locate device 14 00 54 gsm E Trakpro Standard User Guide167 Page pro Registered Events Different types of events can be registered in unit history automatically or manually Automatic registration is adjusted with the help of notifications delivery method must be Register event for unit Register as violation or Register unit status In
183. is not an alias you can choose also link type Auto TCP UDP Virtual SMS Supported link types can vary in different units That is why if you assign the job to several units it is useful to set Auto link type Then the program will automatically define it for each unit Trakpro Standard User Guide113 Page pro New Job Available commands Link type Supported c fe Block engine Auta y C Send custom message Virtual y a Deactivate output UDP W C Activate output Auto H y s PA Locate device TCP w C Fal Set online report period ohd amp A C E Unblock engine Auto A Mot hy a Fuchsia Inc Q Fura 1475683 AC Cancel Back Mest For some commands you should set additional parameters like input output number online report interval etc Modify Users Access Level This job iS aimed to change user right when Ieee ivel mo gaa aena nauuna Adaa M EENE EE E needed for example if you want to give E newt W E newo someone demo access for several days Cl newOsed eA To configure this job select users and 0 papa E papal assign them a new level of access On the mM papal r papas list there are only users to which you have manage rights Check necessary users and select access level from the list of available levels none deny access view execute commands edit Trakpro Standard User Guide114 Page pro Jobs about Counters Counters of three types are used in
184. is used the column called Month is added Attention To receive reliable data for time duration it is important to correctly indicate the time zone the first option in User Settings Mileage Mileage can appear in reports on trips geofences rides speedings digital sensors etc as well as in statistics and processed fuel level chart Mileage is calculated according to settings of mileage counter on the General tab in unit properties Besides mileage in trips geofences and rides depends also on Trip Detector because the intervals of movement and parkings are detected by it Mileage can be ordinary or adjusted The adjusted mileage may be useful to coordinate mileage detected by the program and mileage detected by vehicle itself Correction coefficient is set in unit properties on the Advanced tab In Statistics and in various tables you can find many possibilities for mileage e Mileage in all messages the full mileage without any filtration by trip detector It is always the longest mileage because it includes also all adjustment of data e Mileage in trips total mileage of all movement intervals found according to trip detector e Mileage adjusted mileage in trips multiplied by correction coefficient e Mileage in engine hours mileage in intervals of engine hours e Urban mileage distance travelled at soeed which is considered as speed in populated areas e Suburban mileage distance travelled at
185. isplayed If doing a search by sensor not only sensor name can be entered in the template field but also a part of its description parameter type or parameter name The most of search parameters except geofences and drivers are taken and can be viewed and changed in Unit Properties If you need to add all units from a unit group select a search by unit group and in the template field enter the group name or a part of the name Trakpro Standard User Guide67 Page pro After the first search is complete another search can be done on the second level a search among the first search results To do this push Add to the search list The principals of inquiry formulation remain the same Add Units to the List e To display all available units on the work list use Add all available button Note that the option is disabled if dynamic work list is used iTo add search result to the working list press the green plus shaped button The found units will be added to the list o replace existing working list with search results press the tick shaped button e To add a single unit form search results to the monitoring list double click on the needed unit Apart from that if the checkbox Show added units on map is enabled all units being added with any of described methods get not only on the work list but on the map too Deleting Units from the List e XA button against each unit to delete this single uni
186. it can be ignition sensor or cargo load sensor All sensors are configured in Unit Properties gt Sensors In the report template you can select up to four sensors using masks Enter sensor s full name or a part of the name using wildcard symbols like asterisk replaces several characters or question sigh replaces one symbol Sensor name cannot contain commas Check the All sensors check box to automatically select all existing sensors If no sensors are selected or sensors are indicated incorrectly the table cannot be formed The table can contain the following columns e Sensor the name of the sensor under control e On time when the sensor was activated e Off time when the sensor was deactivated e Duration the interval when the sensor was on e Total time time from the beginning of first activation to the end of last last useful if groupping by days is enabled e Location unit location at the moment of activation e Mileage the distance travelled while the sensor was on e Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab e Avg speed average speed of movement when the sensor was on e Max speed maximum speed detected in the interval e Activations count the number of activations e Driver driver s name or code if available e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide197 Page pro Sensor Activated Deactivated Duration Mile
187. iven in integer numbers The volume of fuel consumed registered stolen as well as average consumption are given correct to the nearest hundredth other decimal places are simply cut However if the value is over 50 liters gallons it is shown as integer However if you consider it is necessary you can see fuel always with accuracy to hundredths For this check the option Mileage and fuel with accuracy to two decimal places in report template Trakpro Standard User Guide262 Page pro If US metrics are selected fuel is measured in gallons and average consumption in mpg miles per gallon unlike the European system where average consumption is measures as It 100km liters per 100 kilometers All fuel data is processed before getting to reports The data is processed according to filtration level set on the Fuel Consumption tab the option Filter fuel level sensors values Addresses Address information can be displayed in many reports initial final location in trip place of fuel filling or theft location where the unit parked or had speeding location where connection was lost message received event registered etc Two things are crucial in defining an address e coordinates sent by device e WebGIS server Address is searched in the radius of 1 km from the point where a message was received If in this radius there is no available address information then coordinates are displayed You can click on the coordinates t
188. khaus g 7011 11 04 13 03 20 Melquiades Buendia Done fe Done 2011 11 04 13 01 56 SMS Sim SOS Broke down Between Kings Parkway and 47th Ea SOS Broke down Between Kings Parkway and 47th East street remove all remove read N Notifications ea Pictures PF Minimap Z4 In the list newly coming messages are added to the top The headers of unread messages are bold To expand hide the full text of a message use the switch button plus minus When clicking on a message the map is focused on the place where this message was received When clicking on a unit name the map is focused on its last location To delete a message click on the cross at its right You can also delete read messages or all messages at all if you use the appropriate buttons at the bottom of the messages window To simply hide the messages window click on the messages button at the top of the browser To display the messages window again click on the same button The operator can quickly send a reply to the driver When clicking on the green triangle shaped button Send messages to driver command executing dialog appears and the operator can type the messages and send it Besides you can generate a report called Chat which will contain all chat history including operator s messages and driver s answers Trakpro Standard User Guide74 Page pro Sending SMS messages SMS messages can be sent to drivers users units and to any phone numbe
189. km 0 97 km 0 51 km 3 17 km 0 435 km 0 79 km 0 16 km Avg speed Max speed 0 kmh 1 kmh 0 kmh 55 kmh 36 kmh 32 kmh 36 kmh 30 kmh 83 kmh 1 kmh 0 kmh 46 kmh 73 kmh 73 kmh 63 kmh 40 kmh 81 kmh 83 kmh When clicking on a green cell in the table the map is moved in such a way to display a point where the unit entered or left the indicated street or reached the maximum speed and this place is highlighted by a special marker Sometimes there can be gaps in cells It may happen when only one message from a place was received in succession In such cases just the name of the street and arrival time are given Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensors fuel fillings and thefts For example you can get streets where a sensor was on or the streets where a sensor was off Trakpro Standard User Guide227 Page pro CHARTS Some reports give information in the form of a chart For instance it can be a chart showing how a unit speed varied with time or a chart showing dependence of fuel consumption on speed and many other kinds of charts To receive charts in reports you need to have corresponding equipment sensors properly installed and configured except speed and altitude charts which do not need any special sensors How to create and configure sensors read in Sensors To add achar to a report template click the Add Char
190. lculated is adjusted in unit properties on the General tab Utilization cost e Total utilization cost e Count of services and fillings Violations e Violations count the number of violations registered within the reporting period see Notifications Visited streets e Streets count the number of fount visits of streets ADVANCED REPORTS DAttention To create reports on unit groups users or drivers you need Advanced reports module to be included in your package Advanced reports are reports concerning such system objects as Unit group User or Driver These report types are defined when creating a template New Report Template port properties Name New report Advanced settings Options Driver Map output _ Statistics Attention It is not recommended to change template type when editing a previously created template because all template contents will be lost with this action e Reports on Unit Groups e Reports on Users e Reports on Drivers Trakpro Standard User Guide251 Page pro Reports on Unit Groups Data from several units can be gathered in one report if these units from a unit group To get a report on several units select the Unit group type for the report template The functionality of these reports is very similar to reports on separate units but has a number of peculiarities and restrictions In Unit group reports the following features are available e Any tables e Graphical
191. le or a unit EL Create a copy of this unit e amp Delete a unit from the system completely To do this you need manage rights If the button is dimmed it means you do not have enough access manage rights are required Routes assigned to unit are deleted together with it USERS User is a system object defined by its specific name login and password Users can login to Trakpro Hosting and control their units with the help of different tools and features Different users can have different access to units and different set of allowed activities They can create their own geofences report templates etc non visible to other users Working with Users To work with users open the 2 Users Users panel in the work area on New the left of the window Here you Gns P4 can create view copy edit Duremar F a E x delete users import their lambada oe Bx settings and send them SMS Hisis i gt P Bx messages nana d gt 2 Ee xX On the panel there is a button to ae wanen Sy EX create new users and a list of pepe i 2 es Tartilla i gt P Bi xX available users For your convenience the users are arranged by name If there are many users use the dynamic filter above the list to easily find them Use buttons against each user to perform an action Over a user _ Send SMS to user The button is not displayed if the current user does not have enough rights If the button is dimmed it means there is no phone number in u
192. lues The filter is disabled for data messages with parameters shown as sensor values Details instructions for filter usage were given above You can use wildcard characters or or input your query without them For example to find all messages with images input image to find all messages about un binding drivers input id Other available Trakpro Standard User Guide162 Page pro parameters depend on device type used To apply the filter press lt enter gt or the Apply button on the right of the filer At that messages corresponding to your query will be displayed To remove filtration and show all available messages again clear filter text field and apply the filter again If the filter is applies the number of found filtered messages is displayed on the left attention The filter affects only the current page However while leafing through pages the filter is applied to each new page automatically Deleting Messages Deleting a message can be applied when you think the message is invalid and can badly affect reports tracks etc Deleting messages is available only if you have manage access to the unit In the last column of the table tick messages to be deleted one or more Then press the Delete button and confirm your intentions If the checkbox at the head of the table is ticked all messages on the current page will be selected After the operation the newly deleted messages still remain on the ta
193. lume in liters Like fillings fuel thefts can be sum up Geofences Units The filter is divided into two parts geofences and units In the upper part you can select geofences to be analyzed for the report You can focus on unit activity in or out of a geofence To put a geofence under control move the marker from None to n or Out against a required geofence In the same way you can choose units they are considered as moving geofences In this case indicate radius for these units So you can get information about unit activity in or out of the area of selected units To quickly find a necessary geofence or unit use the search mask You can enter both integer or fractional numbers Use point as a delimiter for fractional numbers Each of described above limitations can be applied both independently or along with other limitations If the option Retrieve intervals in the Sensors or Speed sections is combined with other conditions then the filtration by other conditions is applied after retrieving the appropriate intervals Trakpro Standard User Guide192 Page Chat pro This report unites commands of the kind Send message to driver and replied got from the driver e Time date and time when the message was received e Sender driver or operator operator s username in brackets e Text message text e Count the number of messages e Notes an empty column to add your custom comments after printing or e
194. lumns can be selected to form the table e Unit unit name e Last message time when the latest message form the unit was received e Last coordinates time when the latest message with valid coordinates was received not always coincides with the previous column e Location address or coordinates of the last location e Mileage mileage counter value e Engine hours engine hours counter value e Traffic GPRS traffic counter value e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Unit Last message Last coordinates Location Mileage Engine hours Traffic Riviera 2010 03 23 00 34 27 2010 03 23 00 34 27 Strada Macului Galati RO 1230 km 450 00 00 1 42 MB Sensor Rich 2010 05 25 11 20 41 2010 03 25 11 20 41 N41 37 4995 E 48 41 0134 25574 km S54 55 12 2 92 MB E002 EB 190 2010 09 15 22 54 48 2010 09 15 22 54 48 N 60 44 7805 E 28 51 0789 156 km 0 00 00 265 KB By default the latest information refers to report execution time However it can be bound to the end of reporting interval To do this enable the Consider report interval checkbox in the template Apart from that filtration by geofences units can be used for this report This allows to quickly find units which are situated in a certain place or close to other units Last location can be visualized on the map by units icons activate the option Unit last location in the report template Reports on Users Two tables about users can be generated Logins and Custom fields
195. ly if both conditions are met Speed control Ho less than kmh n Mo more than kmh 100 Sensor value control E shz 1 Alarm button trigger For this type of notification no specific settings are needed gt i lt Digital input activation deactivation Specify the number of digital input and select control type trigger on input activation or deactivation Digital input activation deactivation Digital input 1 32 16 Check for activation ite Check for deactivation T ad Message parameter control Trakpro Standard User Guide122 Page pro Four control types are provided value range text mask parameter availability and parameter lack To control Value range specify parameter name define minimum and maximum values for it and select whether to trigger in the specified range or out of it To control parameter text enter parameter name and Text mask using wildcard symbols and For Parameter availability and Parameter lack it is enough to indicate parameter name These two last mentioned options can be interpreted as parameter appearance ans disappearance if on the last page of the dialog you set the option Generate notification only when state changed For in and out parameters it is possible only to control parameter availability lack Message parameter control Control type Value range Parameter name adet Value from Value to Trigger in specified range C Trigger out of specified rang
196. ment is highlighted by a thick red line on the map Trakpro Standard User Guide241 Page J _fischeivernl i annoveev Beginning Initial location End Final location Duration Mileage H 2011 11 01 10 00 09 Garkenburgstralte Hannover Germany 2011 11 01 10 32 09 Hannover Germany 0 32 00 18 05 krm ii 2011 11 01 10 33 57 Hannover Germany 2011 11 01 10 47 45 Hannover Germany 0 1348 10 30 km fy 2011 11 01 10 49 21 Garkenburgstralte Hannover Germany 2011 11 01 11 22 21 Hannover Germany 0 33 00 18 63 kr 2011 11 01 11 2409 Hannover Germany 2011 11 01 11 37 57 Hannover Germany 0 13 46 10 30 kri 2011 11 01 11 38 33 Garkenburgstrake Hannover Germany 2011 11 01 12 13 18 Hannover Germany 0 33 43 18 63 km Tracks can be rendered for units groups too see Advanced Reports It is reasonable to assign different colors for units in group to differentiate them on the map However note that the number of simultaneously drawn messages can be limited by your service provider Trakpro Standard User Guide242 Page lrakpro Geibelplatz eh Le a Se k P 3 E E mimt p P T i ly ss ae qui POI and Geofences on Map Created POI and geofences can be a part of a report They will be displayed on the map if you check the corresponding boxes Render geofences and PO in report template Both geofences and POI can be displayed with captions or not depending on User Settings If captions are activated
197. mer time is not used Iranian calendar This option allows to activate the Iranian calendar also known as Persian solar calendar It is used in Iran and Afghanistan If the option is on the Iranian calendar will replace usual Gregorian calendar in the places where a user should indicate some time interval to build a track to query messages or a report to setup a job or assign a route etc At that if Arabic is selected as interface language the calendar will be in Farsi language spoken in Iran and shown from right to left Otherwise it will be in English in Latin characters and Arabic numbers and shown from left to right see details Enabling disabling the Iranian calendar requires reloading the page E mail This e mail address will be used to send you a reset password link in case you forget your password Enable public access to locator page If you enable public access to your account your units location will become available to other people and at any moment accessible to other people through the locator page Enable the option and save user settings Then display the dialog again and follow the locator page link to see how it will look The feature works only with Google Map service City In this field you can indicate your city It will be used in the Nearest Units and Address tools as the default city Enter the full city name or its beginning and in the dropdown menu below confirm your choice selecting a needed city from the
198. more then 0 km h in order to exclude possible equipment errors Indicate also time allowed for staying If this time exceeded this will be considered as an idle and the notification will trigger In addition you can activate sensor value control in this case the notification will trigger only if both conditions are met It is convenient to control idles with engine on for example Idles control Speed no more than km h j Max idle time allowed min 10 Sensor value control E E 5 lt S MS control You can receive a notification when a certain SMS message comes To define which SMS messages you are interested in enter a mask for message text This feature can be useful for example when a device sends SMS of a certain content in case of malfunction SMS control Enter SMS text mask Trakpro Standard User Guide124 Page pro gt lt Interposition of units This type of notification allows you to control approaching of units to each other and moving away from each other Select control type approaching or moving away and specify radius in meters if this distance between units is insufficient or exceeded then the notification will trigger Choose units which position will be estimated regarding the units which were chosen for the notification itself In addition you can narrow trigger case adjusting speed limitations or sensor value range like in geofence control Interposition of units Check type tf Con
199. mplete report Type Unit hd Add Table Add Chart ontents Advanced settings _ RRA Events i E Map output t Speed control _ All messages on map Event markers ii Thefts Filling markers T l _ Parking markers t Trips daily f T Pol Char Render geofences Speeding markers Stop markers Thef markers Trip routes _ Unit last location _ Statistics Use Ctrl Click to select multiple items Cancel OK All graphical elements are shown for the current report If generating a new report all tracks and markers from the previous report will be erased and replaced by new When switching to other mode all graphical elements from the current online report as well as Map position and zoom remain on the map To remove them return to the Reports Mode and push the Clear button Alternatively the graphics of any mode can be hidden or displayed again To do this check the corresponding boxes in the modes panel Trakpro Standard User Guide240 Page pro Tracks on Map The routes traveled by a unit in a chosen period of time can be shown on the map To do this in advanced settings a report template dialog select the corresponding options Trips routes or All messages on map These options are similar but a bit different In case of Trip routes only the intervals considered as trips according to Trip Detector will be displayed as tracks In case of All messages on map all messages with v
200. n a alarm state the notification will not trigger In the second case the notification will trigger as soon as an alarm state is detected If the second option is selected the following parameters are not needed Min duration of the previous state This parameter is needed to exclude excessive triggers For example the unit can return to the normal state for a very short time and then returns back to the alarm state In order that the notification in such a case would not trigger twice this parameter is used Choose an interval from 10 seconds up to 1 day Max time difference between messages Maximum time between the latest message and the previous one to forma notification If the interval between the current message and the previous one exceeds this value the notification does not trigger Timeout Delay from the moment when message was received and before it it will be checked This delay is especially recommended if a unit has a black box that usually Trakpro Standard User Guide133 Page pro requires time to unload all messages stored in the period of communication loss for instance while it was abroad Enabled If activated the notification after creation editing will be active If not it will be disabled Time limitations It is possible to set limitations depending on time day or month For example the control can be performed only on weekdays and within working hours Trakpro Standard User Guide134 Pag
201. n on map POl visualization on map Address provider and city User interface log state hotkeys common map and play sound flags Map position at startup Format of coordinates Maps and layers Locator flag Eoin an n n a a a a a a 4 Cancel Mest Choose a source user from the dropdown list This list contains all available user and the current user highlighted and selected by default Then tick necessary settings and press OK On your choice the following settings can be imported e Time zone time zone choice daylight saving time option and calendar e US metrics flag on off e Unit info tip contents options from the section Show in unit info tip Trakpro Standard User Guide150 Page pro e Monitoring panel configuration everything from the Monitoring Panel tab e Unit visualization on map options from the section Unit visualization on map e POI visualization on map options from the section POI visualization on map e Address provider and city the City field on the Settings tab e User interface state of the log open hidden shortcuts on off common map flag option to play sound for notifications and messages e Map position at startup initial map coordinates and zoom e Format of coordinates degrees or degrees and minutes e Maps and layers choice of activated maps option of rendering geofences POI on server settings from the Maps tab e Locator flag on off e Access key t
202. n report parameters are adjusted you can view the report online or in a file Hints 1 To receive reports by e mail in indicated time adjust a job 2 To receive a report when an event happens adjust a notification Online Report To generate a report online adjust the parameters described above and push the Execute button If no tables or charts appear on the right it means there is no data about the selected object for the selected period or poor report content is selected in the template After executing a report the Report Templates panel changes to Report Results which displays report contents and provides navigation through the report Usually a report contains several pages To switch between them use navigation links in the Report Results panel The name of the active page is bold and highlighted by a yellow background The information in reports can be presented in the form of tables or charts Some information can be visualized on the map for example tracks and markers Trakpro Standard User Guide172 Page Template side 65658 Jf Object Frontier 7 Interval Specified interval x From 1 Jut 2010 0000 To J1 October 2011 23 59 Execute Clear Er Report Templates statistics GPRS trafic Events Parkings Stops Routes Utilization cost Visited streets To adjust the number of rows to be displayed on one page choose the number in the Lissabonner Alle
203. n state moving standing engine on off information accuracy the number of satellites locked and last message time connection state connected not connected ae sensor state amp display group properties dialog Trakpro Standard User Guide81 Page pro T execute a command over a group of units remove a group form the list but not form the system if pressed at the head of the table all groups are removed The check box before each group on the list is to show or hide units icons on the map SENDING COMMANDS MESSAGES TO UNIT GROUP To send a command or a messages to a group of units 1 Click on the button Pagainst the needed group 2 Inthe dialog there will be a list of units where those which support at least one command will be ticked Select necessary units and press Next 3 Select a command from the list of available commands On the right you can choose the link type from the following TCP UDP Virtual SMS Note that not all of these link types may be supported by your units AUTO means automatic choice of link type vA green sign against each command indicates that ALL of the selected units support the given command A yellow sign with the exclamation mark means that NOT ALL units support the command and in the tooltip you can see the list of units which DO NOT SUPPORT it 4 Set additional parameters if needed For example input output index report interval etc depending on command
204. n tips and helpers associated with various buttons icons dialog boxes edit fields and other elements of interface In the picture below you see general view of the system To observe the system in a greater scale switch to the full screen mode by pressing the lt F11 gt button on the keyboard This hotkey is supported by most of browsers MEA 09 53 43 01 EN gt lt Tools WebGIS user Logout Vim iv Me monitoring r fle SE 8 99O GEEOKOO M P cycle Machine gt OHN ORAS OX v CO Fish Boat gt OHORHAOX M Fuchsia ine gt OHN ORS w F rwwsnae gt OU OLYSO xN Gogol Bordello gt Ologo x MB Lora gt ONOGRBLOX M O naano gt OW SRBRLOX M Picasso POHNSROLOX h M Rivera gt H eeygsox F Sensor Rico gt OHOkHS x F SMS simoo4 gt OH RHEROX M sms simoo7 gt OoONSRHLAOXD F SMS Sim008 gt OoONOSROLOX M sms Simon gt ON SROLAX M D sms simot2 gt OH RaOLOX M 2 00268 190 gt OHSROLOX M E comes gt OHSROLOX ee Se ee N 52 20 0137 rE 000 47 5447 Messages T Notifications ea Pictures P Minimap z Log 58 Trakpro Standard User Guide25 Page pro Different interface elements are described in further sections of the guide e Login e Top Panel e Work Area e Ground Panel e Map e Log e Shortcuts e Calendar e Filters and Masks e Input Rules Login Enter service URL into the address line of your browser
205. nces e Parkings e Rides e Route Points e Routes e Sensor Tracing Trakpro Standard User Guide184 Page pro e SMS Messages e Summary e Speeding e Stops e Trips e Unfinished Rides e Utilization Cost e Violations e Visited Streets A template can contain any number of tables and charts You can even add the same table type several times with different configuration of columns data grouping and other Settings To add any of above mentioned tables to the template click the Add Table button and choose a table from the list Each table type has its set of columns which can form this table After you have chosen table type the list of columns available is displayed below Check the columns you would like to include in the resulting table To select all columns at once press lt ctrl gt on the keyboard and click on any checkbox To make all columns unselected repeat the same operation This combination works also for reports where you choose geofences events etc You can rename columns clicking on their names and editing the text In the same way you can change the name of the table itself the Name text box at the top of the dialog To restore default column names use the button Restore default when it is gray it means the current name is default Besides you can apply to the columns any sequence order Move them up and down dragging the button i Trakpro Standard User Guide185 Page pro
206. needed to send your message Remember that letters of the Latin alphabet are optimal After you have typed the text press Send After that in the dialog as well as in the log there will be a record about how successful the operation has been Trakpro Standard User Guide75 Page pro Events Registrar Different events can be registered in unit history and then shown in the corresponding reports Some events such as speeding idling visits to geofences sensor values etc can be detected automatically be the system with the help of notifications Other events such as fuel filling maintenance or any custom event are registered in unit history manually with the help of a special tool Events Registrar To display the registrar press the button on the monitoring panel G If you do not see such a button it can be added in User Settings gt Monitoring Panel attention To register events for a unit you need to have the access to this unit execute commands edit or manage If you have just view access the registrar button is dimmed Push the registrar button and choose one of four types of events to be registered e register custom event e register unit status e register filling e register maintenance work Register Event SMS sim008 Available events g Register custom event C Register unit status C Register filling C Register maintenance work Register Custom Event Select Register custom event in the regi
207. net ape E E agsuesamedaadonesoseunsente E 226 FAS ac cee tenet E E A A T i E E A E E 228 CaCO EE e E T O E E E 231 Cia rE PAV anie tens sienna aE EA 232 CS Sacer ctee cee create testers vce caer decease eanscan seep es sewage cun ena bese een vees 236 Trakpro Standard User Guide4 Page MoD OUD UE orrae E E E E ca cre setae orate romans a ese atoms staan sea ANEA A iueeeeaaacas 239 TA ONM e re ee ee eee eee eer eee 241 POI and Geofences on Map sssecescsscescctoscenatanasnndccoatssnansetunecsanewssenannedGnsateuensateestionneoatenanediaaaedeat 243 EE CS EE E E EEA E EE N EA E EEA E T 244 SNCS P N A E E E A E E S E E E S 246 AOV CSU RE DOTO aa EEE E EEE A E AEE 251 Reports on WIE GrOUDS csntasecssntsrtasancroeced Een A A E 252 REDONS OM USOT aaa E E ae dane un eads 254 ie fe gives gig OTIVETS erarnan A E err cent 256 DAN FRO OS pcre E E E E E TE se aaretaatce eset dcmee E E E 259 TO e E A E 264 TECK PIVO E E EE E A A 265 US TIN e A E E E A E T E N A E A E E E 267 E ESE SE E E E E E 269 POON OSS e A E E E E EE EN E E E EE 269 ROUTING oa E E E E tee uitanbesseceeigeeteunera 271 SEEE E E A EE E E E T eran T T AE 275 E P TA E AE A A E A E OE A E E E E E 276 Neare SE NUS eenean E EEEE EEE E 276 Trakpro Standard User Guide5 Page AN 1 a oe a a p V A aon 4 i P E Wy d po ie MONITORING SYSTEM The monitoring system is used by end users to control their units vehicle fleet machinery employees pets etc Unit t
208. ng unit groups are displayed on the list and units from a group can be shown on the map only all together Tracking mode is selected in a special menu in the Monitoring panel EP Monitoring M 2 Fuchsia Inc Tracking Units on Map 2 ADS uUe lise a x lie Bi x To locate a unit on the map click on its name in the work list The map will be centered by this unit At that current map zoom will remain the same Trakpro Standard User Guide57 Page pro Only units checked in the first column of the work list are shown on the map To display all units from the work list mark a check box in the left top corner of the list Remove this checkbox to remove unit icons from the map Units are seen on the map if they get into view according to the current map position You can move and zoom the map according to your needs However if the option Show unit icons at map borders is selected in User Settings in case a unit gets out of view its icon is displayed by map border Click on the icon to move to the unit on the map It is possible to watch a unit constantly For this enable the option Watch unit on map against a necessary unit in the corresponding column of the Monitoring panel Units marked in this column are always seen on the map If such a unit gets out of view the map automatically centers at this unit each time when a new message comes Tracking on Minimap You can use minimap for tracking This is an additi
209. nit movements is shown on the map Wion 18 3543 03 EN Tools WebGIS unit Viegende Hollander ah From 17 Novembar 2011 00 00 To 17 Novernber 2011 2359 Message type Data messages x M Show parameters Raw data xl hi P A y pee a a as 4 Eai o a EA Total messages 2508 Total time O days 08 h 11 m 50s Distance 304 08 km Average speed 37 10 kmh i Maximum speed 26 00 kmh 08 25 48 52 32409 9 79422 Ulmer Stra e Laatzen Niedersachsen Germany e 08 25 59 2 32154 9 79566 Karisruher Stra e Laatzen Niedersachsen Germany i 20 06 26 10 7 2 31942 9 79714 Karlsruher Stra e Laatzen Niedersachsen Germany E 21 08 26 21 6 52 31909 9 80088 Hannover Germany i 22 08 26 32 1 2 32003 9 80169 Hannover Germany e 23 08 26 43 0 2 31997 9 80172 Hannover Germany ti 08 26 54 0 52 31997 9 80172 Hannover Germany r NANTNE A KIINAA ANNO amp Girato Mannnwer Garman EBG DRI Page of51 b b Displaying 1 to 50 from 2508 messages KY x r Messages amp Notifications ca Pictures Minimap Zs 6 Creating Geofences Geofences are to be created in places of interest which should get under control For this go to the Geofences panel in the Map Mode and press the New button Trakpro Standard User Guide15 Page Trakpro mE oa 17 21 03 03 ENE cman c1 lt amp GEOTENCES New ImporExport Lan Sf The simplest and quickest
210. nitial mileage mileage counter value at the moment of trip beginning If no saving of mileage parameter was made through the reported period mileage is counted from 0 Final mileage mileage counter value at the moment of trip ending Avg speed average speed within the trip Max speed maximum speed registered within this interval Trips count the number of trips made Counter counter sensor value Initial counter counter value at the beginning of the trip Finale counter counter value at the end of the trip Status unit status registered during the current trip if there are several the first one is displayed Messages count the number of messages that formed the trip Trakpro Standard User Guide222 Page pro e Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates e Rates deviation by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS difference between consumed fuel detected by a sensor and consumption rates If a number in this cell is negative it means detected consumption does not exceed the indicated rates e Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates average fuel consumption in the trip detected by one of the methods mentioned above e Avg consumption in idle run by average fuel consumption in the trip during idle run e Avg consumption by milea
211. nki Ine Q P Hz eeil Ss xX O Picasso S H Soor OX C smssim2 g or WHFtee B Xx we SMS Simon Q iM y Execute a command k x Ea Block engine B D 2 sms simoog Q gt Sendcustommessage C P sms Simi amp p ria ppieigs uiou X P Activate output M sms simo H gt H Locate device D X m w Cycle Machine S gt Ge Set online report period D x Unblock engine C 6 Fish Boat Qq 0 gt Patou HHTEpEan HHH X ff amp Fuchsia Inc Q gt Night interval at 7 X M g Fura 1475683AC Q p id PHa OX 1 Push the command button Por Br 2 Select acommand from the list of commands available at the moment On the right you can choose the link type if it is not an alias Possible link types are TCP UDP Virtual SMS however not all of them may be supported by the selected unit That is why only supported link types are indicated Auto means automatic choice of link Trakpro Standard User Guide71 Page oy oo cd Sy oJ oo oy 3 pro Execute a Command SMS Sim2 Available commands Block engine Send custom message Deactivate output Activate output Locate device Set online report period Unblock engine Working interval 2 min a e i Might interval 60 Link tHe Auto Shs Auto Shs Auto Sh Auto Shs Auto Sh Auto Sh Auto Shs Shs obs ea ee a a 2 E EL Cancel Supported al S 4 A 8 4 48 4 4 OK type the preferable on
212. nually This is for routes with default sequence order of control points only Control Points Control points are added when creating or editing a line shaped geofence in the Geofences panel Enter the edit mode F hover the mouse cursor over any point and press New control point button P Fill in the form e Control point name that will be used in notifications and reports e Control point radius By default the radius of control point is the same as line thickness but you can indicate your own value This is useful if a point to be visited as located not right on the road but at some distance e Arrival time is time to arrive to this control point counting from the activation time Time format is hh mm For example a van is supposed to get in Store 1 30 minutes after departure Then we should input 0 30 as arrival time If arrival time is 0 0 it is not controlled e Arrival time variation in seconds is needed to give a unit some degree of freedom to visit the point For example if a five minute delay or advance is allowed enter 300 e Departure time and its variation is time to leave the control point It is also calculated from the activation time The format is the same Trakpro Standard User Guide138 Page pro Entries are saved automatically To delete a control point press Remove control point button at the top of the form the at Remove control point Control point name Paint 2 Con
213. number of thefts detected within the reporting period Maintenance e Total services duration time spent for servicing e Total maintenance cost total cost of all maintenance works Non visited geofences e Non visited geofences count the number of geofences which were not visited Parkings e Parking time total duration of parkings for the reporting period Parkings are detected by Trip Detector IF it is not set properly there may be no parkings found e Parkings count the number of parkings for the reporting period Rides e Rides count the number of accomplished rides Sent commands e Sent commands the number of commands sent to the object see Commands and Chat with a Driver SMS messages e SMS messages the number of SMS messages received from unit Stops e Stops count the number of stops for the reporting period Trakpro Standard User Guide249 Page Trips pro Move time total duration of all trips Engine hours engine hours worked Mileage in trips total distance travelled in all trips Mileage adjusted the same distance multiplied by mileage coefficient a setting in unit properties Urban mileage in trips distance travelled at soeed which is considered as speed in populated areas Suburban mileage in trips distance travelled at soeed which is considered as speed outside populated areas Urban speed limit is a setting in unit properties which defines if unit is moving in urban area or outside it Averag
214. o Trakpro Mobile v1 Then press Next and choose destination users whose settings will be rewritten This list contains only users to which you have edit or manage access By default the user is selected against which the import button was pressed User s e mail and phone numbers cannot be imported as well as any data from the Account tab UNIT GROUPS Unit group is a system macro object incorporating several units which have something in common In many cases it is convenient to operate a group of units instead of performing an action over each unit individually Working with Unit Groups To work with users open the Unit Groups panel in the work area on the left of the window Here you can create view copy edit delete unit groups and import properties to units Trakpro Standard User Guide151 Page pro On the panel there is a button 3 Unit Groups to create new groups a filter Mew and a list of unit groups J F available to the current user P cheburatores 1 7 E gX On the list there is an a Cortorate TSM 2 FE BX indication of the numberof ooy 5 gf E yt O EAEN BEGUDA Heavy Hal S53 q5e7 e000 eae Hannover Germany x hovering the mouse cursor iterate Meene era mene error oemet X over a group in a tooltip you i Local ite m E x can see which units there are ii Local Str ce Be xX and their current location For Managers 2 amp e Bx F Retranslated Units 1 2 Fe xX your convenience the groups are arranged
215. o ee xX 11 12 47 SMS trom unit SMS Sim2 was received PC 0002 20107 14 09 12 51 6545 3084 N 03738 1420 E 45 0km 346 0 A 010000 40119247 New position of unit SMS SimOOd was detected at 11 12 61 yn Jonrofpoacwar Menor 1 11 12 47 New position of unit SMS Sim2 was detected at 11 1251 Bon Onacorniway M 10 Unit Info Tip Trakpro Standard User Guide56 Page pro Hover the mouse pointer over the unit to see detailed information about unit current state in a popup info tip Information to be displayed in the tip is selected in User Settings For example a unit info tip can look like this M Ob Fish Boat Device type Unique ID Phone Last message Location Speed Altitude Satellites locked Mileage counter Engine hours counter Presence in geofences pair int pwr ext L a Cargo capacity Fuel Year of issue Driver Complete checkup Oil change Eelectrical equipment check Monitoring Modes Fish Boat skippere 236456 19174675309 2010 10 13 01 00 18 1 hours 14 minutes ago WO JI WHHCKOro MAHCK 6 kmh 254 meters 10 2634 0 km 666 h Garage 9 56 LAL elie o 0 3 tones gas ISIE Ury 4 Gagarin 456 krm lett 89 engine hours left 134 days expired Two monitoring modes are available tracking by units and tracking by unit groups In the first case each unit is displayed on the work list and can be shown on the map individually In case of group tracki
216. o move to this place on the map Sometimes WebGIS may be not very reach on addresses for some regions In these cases you can use geofences and POI created in the appropriate panels as addresses Besides you can make use of this feature to customize some addresses make them more clear To use a geofence instead of usual WebGIS address this geofence must have the flag Address source and the option Geofences as address source must be activated in advanced options of report template If coordinates of unit location get into the geofence its name will be used in address cell If two different geofences overlay the smallest is used To use places instead of usual addresses it is enough to have the option POI as address source checked in report template If coordinates of unit location get into the radius of 100 meters from this POI or other radius indicated in unit properties the address will be takes from its name If unit location gets into the radius of two or more places the nearest is used If both options geofences and POI as addresses are activated the priority is given to places By default geofences and places used in reports as addresses are taken from the account to which report template belongs However if the option Use all accounts is activated in Trakpro Standard User Guide263 Page report template and user has access to several accounts all geofences and places which are located in these account will be enabled for t
217. ol points can be visited in any order but only when all of them are visited the routes finishes Trakpro Standard User Guide140 Page pro Activation time Date and time to start the control The route schedule will be counted from this time Activation time can be omitted in this case we consider that the route started when unit has entered the first control point if points order is default or any control point in other modes Save events to unit history If activated any route status change will be stored in unit history and then you can generate reports about this route To register events to unit history you need to have execute commands access to the unit New Route Route name Route 465786 for blazda Description Geotence Courier OOF Auto delete after finish I Control points sequence order 4rbitrary Activation time w30 September 2011 00 00 Save events to unit histor rd Cancel Back Ok After you press OK the route appears on the list If you selected several units for route control see Selecting units for jobs notifications routes several routes will be added They will have the same names but if placing the mouse cursor over each of them one can know the details Route Control There are several ways to monitor how a unit is accomplishing a route While tracking units online In the Monitoring panel on the working list there is a column S presenting information on routes for each uni
218. on the current user Trakpro Standard User Guide64 Page pro must have rights to send SMS messages access to unit at least at execute commands level a driver must be bound to the unit and both units and driver must have phone numbers in their properties 22 You can send an SMS to unit or driver sms sending is not possible Fast track building The button can have two states S 92 show track on the map E remove track from the map Display unit or group properties dialog Depending on your access level this button may have different looks you can edit unit group properties your access is manage or edit Jb you can view almost all unit group properties but not change them your access is view or execute commands Unit behavior on routes full no routes are assigned to unit me unit is moving according to schedule LE unit is ahead of schedule oF apm unit is behind of schedule a route is assigned to unit but not yet activated Fo the route is completed several routes are assigned to unit amp l_ unit left the zone of route View pictures sent by unit al lal _ the button to load pictures lt NO pictures available In this column driver s small photo is displayed Put a cursor over it to see enlarged photo driver s name and phone number fie ut No driver assigned Trakpro Standard User Guide65 Page An additional menu that can
219. on browser settings you will be offered to open the file or save it Q Note When exporting PDF HTML Excel the alignment is used The columns containing text names of sensors geofences drivers users SMS and notification text location addresses etc are aligned left The columns containing numeric data time duration speed mileage fuel payments count etc are aligned right REPORT TEMPLATES Trakpro Standard User Guide176 Page pro The list of all templates available is located in the bottom left hand corner of the window under the header Report Templates Here you can create edit and delete templates for reports as well as copy them and move them from one account to another Templates contain information upon which tables and charts to be included in the resulting report what kind of content to be presented in tables sequence order of columns in tables and sections in the report which graphical elements to be rendered on the map and many other parameters which define the look of the resulting report In the tooltip you see the name of the account which holds this template if you have access to more than one account If clicking on a template it becomes selected in the Report template field of report generation parameters When searching for a template on the list it is convenient to use the dynamic filter Mew Import Export All Enter template name or its part into the the account or leave All Fu
220. on changes to Store current state again Enable Tick the appropriate check boxes to activate Google Maps Microsoft Virtual Earth Yahoo Maps Yandex Maps and others The changes will take effect after clicking OK and refreshing the page use lt F5 gt button To choose another map as a base layer choose it in the maps menu at the top panel of the program Some maps go in blocks For example when you enable Google Maps several map layouts appear on the menu at once Google Streets Google Physical Google Satellite Google Hybrid Google Map Maker Google Map Maker Hybrid and Google Street View for tracking on mini map Apart from that traffic layers are supported for Google and Yandex maps If a map you need is not available address your request to your service provider Render geofences POI on server By default all geofences and POI are rendered in browser It can considerably slow down browser work especially if your computer is not very powerful However if you have good Internet connection and enough traffic it is reasonable to choose geofences POI rendering on server Trakpro Standard User Guide53 Page pro User Settings General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Format of coordinates Degrees 53 891099 27 4684617 Map position at startup Store current Enable Google Maps Iw Enable Microsoft Virtual Earth M Enable Yandex laps a Enable Myindia Map E Enable Yahoo India Map E Render geofence
221. onal small window which opens in the right bottom corner of the map Only one unit can be dis played on this map Position and scale of the minimap can be different from the main map So you can simultaneously track a unit on the minimap and manipulate the main map in different ways track other units create geofences generate reports etc At that the selected unit is always in sight on the minimap and its position is refreshed automatically with each new message To open the minimap press the special button at the bottom of the window The minimap has three modes and three functions correspondingly 1 navigation through the main map 2 tracking a unit on standard WebGIS map 3 tracking a unit in 3D mode on Google Street View The first navigational function was described below To track a unit on the minimap click on it on the main map The minimap itself can be open before or after clicking on a unit Trakpro Standard User Guide58 Page off a i ia i Fy i 1 poy a i I i i Residence i a mt m m a P Laimi t 3 Pele Laon hi Ses r 5 i ants ae Centik G is Taga a m i ET Gut Kronstere a _ Wi EM Sne strad ne i P D a g KourmbusApotheke h W 1 4 a PeT 5 4 ah a i al a t S eef or iene ta ot a oan Behindertenparkplat2 ee ee pee ee Mies se ai as i amt rt ct e n a ae Cycle Machine i ee ait ne 2 7 Ge A A ic 4
222. or a job about counters or commands because these actions require execute commands rights and higher A job about changing users access can be created only for units to which you have manage access To assign a route to a unit you need edit access and higher Basic Parameters for Jobs These parameters are adjusted in the last page of the dialog General Time Limitations Mame Description Execution schedule Activation time hax executions Enabled Fiy Mew Job each 3 hours 0 minutes C on schedule 2o September 2011 00 00 ia Trakpro Standard User Guide111 Page pro Name The name can contain four and more symbols It will be used on jobs list or as mail topic if the job is to send some information by e mail Description Job description is optional Is can appear in job tooltip Execution schedule Two ways to set schedule exist 1 Periodic execution each hours and minutes 2 On schedule Key in time in the format of hours minutes or just hours If you need to indicate several points in time separate them by spaces Activation time Date and time when the job will be activated Maximum executions Enter the number of job executions after which it will automatically deleted If you leave this field empty the job will be executed endlessly until you delete it or disable manually Enabled This check box indicated whether the job is on or off When creating a job enable this
223. or the operation period Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab Avg speed average speed in this period Max speed maximum speed in this period Counter the value Driver driver s name or code if available Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide195 Page pro Sensor Activated Duration Location Mileage Avgspeed Max speed Counter CounterOl 2010 04 04 20 23 47 0 52 17 1ra Av Comayaguela Tegucigalpa 14 21 km 16 km h 70 kmh 141 CounterOl 2010 04 04 21 35 21 0 00 30 Calle Real Tegucigalpa HN O 01km 1 kmh 0 kmh 1 CounterOl 2010 04 04 21 53 10 0 26 07 dra dy Comayaguela Tegucigalpa 0 13km 0 kmh 0 kmh 10 CounterOl 2010 04 04 22 35 24 0 51 42 1ra Ay Comayaguela Tegucigalpa 14 24 km 17 km h 67 kmh 149 CounterOl 2010 04 04 23 30 17 0 00 18 ira dy Comayaguela Tegucigalpa O01 km 2 kmh 0 kmh 1 CounterOl 2010 04 05 00 14 53 0 01 00 Calle Real Tegucigalpa HN 0 02 km 1 km h 0 kmh 1 CounterOl 2010 04 05 00 38 45 0 02 36 dra Av Comayaguela Tegucigalpa O 01 km 0 kmh 0 kmh 3 CounterOl 2010 04 05 00 55 17 0 51 54 dra Ay Comayaguela Tegucigalpa 12 66 km 15 km h 60 kmh 142 CounterOl 2010 04 05 01 51 13 0 09 35 Bly Santa Fe Tegucigalpa HN 2 60 kr 16 kmh 32 kmh 26 Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensors drivers fuel fillings fuel thefts and geofences units Counter s
224. ordinates are doubtful It may occur if there was no coordinates in those points or they were invalid This situation may be caused by connection loss or poor satellite visibility Connection loss is detected according parameters set in unit properties on the Advanced tab see the options Maximum interval between messages and Minimum satellites Pague La Concordia Pargue La Leona Paque Central aerate General Le W a en be Parque Espana Se aan Tegucigalpa see jardin de Paz Suyape Trakpro Standard User Guide87 Page pro Fast Tracks A track can be built with one E Monitoring click of a mouse straight from A Units a amp the Monitoring panel There is B sms sim2 gt a special column named Fast F owe Simona track building which canbe F sms 8im033 p enabled in User Settings D amp Fuchsia Inc gt There you also specify the C Gogol Bordello p interval for fast track building current day last 24 hours last complete day or other manual mode When pressing the Show track button opposite a unit a track of this unit appears on the map and the button becomes dimmed To remove the track from the map press the same button again Many parameters for fast track building are borrowed from the Tracks panel line width annotations trip detector and snap to road option In case of manual mode the time interval should be also specified the
225. orts Mode the map can be scaled and moved in the same way as in the Map Mode zoom move apply tools change the map source etc Even being in the Reports Mode you can still track your units Besides some specific map options can be applied exactly to reports The map with tracks can be also exported to HTML or PDF file together with report text To include the map to the exported report in the Export dialog check the box Attach map In such reports as Trips Parkings Fuel fillings and many others which contain information about unit location this location can be easily shown on the map To move to a place where something happened click on a green row of the table The map will be centered on the place and a marker will appear there A similar feature is available in the regular charts where the X axis displays time when using the trace tool you move to the requested massage on the map Some elements can be drawn on the map as a part of the report They can be selected in the Map output section of the report template dialog These can be routes traveled by unit created POI and geofences as well as special markers in the form of small icons which can be put in the places of events fillings thefts soeedings etc Trakpro Standard User Guide239 Page Report Template Properties Complete report port ppeties _A jA gt C_ _ AAH p EE amp S SF Name Co
226. orts about units activity to your e mail s Set additional parameters e Report template on the dropdown list select a report template from available items e File format HTML PDF Excel XML CSV e Compress report files or not e Attach the map image to the report or not Note that the image will make a report Trakpro Standard User Guide116 Page pro larger Only WebGIS map can be attached to the report e Hide cartographic basis show cartographic layer or display all tracks markers etc on the blanc space e Report interval a specified interval or previous days weeks months years e Recipients enter e mail address es where to send reports eneral cipients Report template Complete report E z YoU company com File format POF E Fage orientation Landscape E Page size Ae D M Compress report files M atach map T Hide cartographic basis port interval Interval For previous 2 weeks l Including current After you have received a letter with a report extract the file to some folder and open it with the appropriate application depending on the file format nyote If in your company the workday sometimes finished after midnight because some vehicles may arrive late at night then you can adjust the parameters for the daily report in the following way Select report interval for previous 24 hours and set job activation time at 4 AM Then the report will be automatically
227. ount e Time in the time when the unit entered the geofence e Time out time when the unit left the geofence e Duration in duration of the visit e Total time time from the first visit beginning to the last visit end useful if grouping by days is enabled e Parkings duration time spent in parkings e Off time time between the previous visit and the current one e Mileage mileage in this visit e Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in unit properties Advanced tab e Off mileage mileage outside the geofence that is before the visit e Off mileage adjusted mileage outside the geofence subject to the coefficient Trakpro Standard User Guide204 Page pro e Avg speed average speed the unit was moving in the geofence e Max speed maximum speed detected in that visit e Driver driver s name or code if available e Visits the number of visits e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Geofence Type Area Perimeter Time in Duration in Mileage Max speed McDonalds Line O 61km2 16 00 km 2010 03 12 10 09 21 0 28 00 123541 km 88 kmh Storehouses Polygon 19 62 km 15 87 km 2010 03 17 10 09 21 0 10 00 S433 km SO km h Store W457 Circle 0 03 km 620 352 m 2010 03 12 10 09 21 0 01 00 0 66 km 43 kmh Storehouses Polygon 19 62 km 15 87 km 2010 03 17 10 21 21 0 12 00 6656 km 50 km h Store W457 Circle 0 03 km 620 352 m fUL0 O3 12 10 24 21 0 00 10 0 66 km 43 kmh Storehouses Polygon 19 62 km
228. p is centered by this point and a red marker is set there By default track color is blue but you can adjust settings to paint the track depending on speed or sensor value This is set in unit properties dialog on the Advanced tab Besides to get information about track points hover mouse cursor over and see information in a tooltip time speed coordinates altitude sensor values Note that messages are searched in the radius of 50 pixels from the cursor Note If after using the Messages Mode you switch to the Map Mode or Reports Mode map Trakpro Standard User Guide165 Page pro layout and all track lines are preserved To remove unnecessary graphics go back to the Messages Mode and press the Clear button Charts Except the text mode that is the table some data can be presented in the graphical form To switch between the modes use Eland dilllbuttons correspondingly In the graphical mode parameters charts are available When you switch to the graphical mode the Chart legend panel opens on the left There you tick parameters to be displayed in the chart Several parameters can be selected simultaneously Then the chart will contain several curves For your convenience they will by drawn with different colors The chart can be zoomed with the help of a mouse Select the necessary section holding the left mouse button Place the mouse pointer over a point to get the precise value at the point in a tooltip me V pwr ert
229. parked or the mileage counter is set incorrectly 3 if the mileage is insignificant for example 0 01 and the result of division is smaller than one Maximum speed has nothing to do with mileage and any counters To calculate maximum speed within an interval all messages which get to this interval are analyzed and the largest speed value is selected and displayed in the corresponding cell Speed is given only in integer numbers Fuel in Reports Many reports can provide information about fuel fuel level initial final the volume of filled stolen registered consumed fuel average consumption etc To receive the most accurate information about fuel you need to e install fuel sensors on your unit e properly configure the sensors in unit properties e onthe Fuel Consumption select calculation methods corresponding to these sensors However even if you do not have special fuel sensors you can control fuel in the following ways e register fillings manually in the Monitoring panel e use mathematical method to calculate fuel consumed it takes into account urban and suburban cycle idle running and moving under load e use consumption rates to calculate fuel consumed it takes into account consumption rates in winter and summer periods Trakpro Standard User Guide261 Page pro e use mathematical method and consumption rates to calculate average fuel consumption within a given interval of movement To calculate fuel
230. perform the ride Parkings duration time spent in parkings Avg speed average speed calculated for this ride Max speed maximum speed registered during this ride Driver driver s name if he was identified Counter counter sensor value Count the number of rides Status unit status registered during the current ride if there are several the first one is displayed Consumed by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Avg consumption by ImpFCS AbsFCS InsFCS FLS math rates average fuel consumption in the ride detected by one of the methods mentioned above Initial fuel level fuel level at the beginning of the ride Final fuel level fuel level at the end of the ride Max fuel level maximum fuel level Min fuel level minimum fuel level Notes an empty column for your custom comments Trakpro Standard User Guide224 Page pro Ride Beginning End Mileage Duration Avg speed Max speed Driver Store Wed Storehouses 2010 05 04 11 41 40 2010 05 04 11 56 55 z km 0 17 15 9 22 km h 99 kmh dlex Sigmer McDonalds Store N84 2010 05 04 11 59 40 2010 05 04 12 11 40 9 04km 0 12 00 45 km h 71 kmh Slex Sigmer Store N47 Storehouses 2010 05 04 12 12 40 2010 05 04 12 27 07 6 19 km O id 2 26 kmh 5z kmh lex Sigmer McDonalds Store Ne47 2010 05 04 12 26 07 2010 05 04 12 41 07 9
231. pro Standard User Guide187 Page pro happen in different places However even if you have selected this column note that the location for the first event in the interval will be displayed One more column can be useful for tables with groupping Total time The meaning of this column if similar to Duration column but a bit different Duration shows the sum of intervals for example the sum of all trips detected Total time shows time from the beginning of the first interval to the end of the last for example time from the beginning of the first trip on a day to the end of the last trip on the same day so you can know real working shift Detalization A table with a grouping applied can be supplemented with detalization Then a plus shaped button will be added at the beginning of each raw Press this plus to expand the hidden raw contents For example if there were four parkings detected at a day in the grouped report the beginning of the first parking and the end of the last one will be indicated But if you expand the hidden contents you can get a detailed information for each of parkings in between In the examples below you see the same report on parkings with grouping and detalization Date Beginning End Duration Count 2010 03 01 00 00 42 2010 03 02 08 08 22 1 days 5 hours H 2010 03 02 08 44 49 2010 03 03 08 17 22 22 hours 46 minutes 08 44 49 19 41 15 10 hours 56 minutes 19 56 57 20 15 00
232. r The button to add all available units groups to the work list F The button to sort units by name in direct order A The button to sort units by name in reverse order Mark a unit to fulfill its active tracking That means it will be always in sight when a new message comes from it If pressing the button in the head of the table all units selected to be shown on the map ticked in the first column will get into active tracking Unit state unit is moving 22 unit is moving engine is on unit is stationary 9 unit is stationary engine is on z the last message from unit was received over an hour ago unit was stationary the last message from unit was received over an hour ago unit was moving Unit state is detected according to its speed value in the last message and ignition sensor state is there is such Apart from that if unit is stationary in the tooltip you can see for how long This column indicates data accuracy First bar shows satellites availability GT Igreen satellites are available see the precise number of satellites locked in the tooltip fred satellites are not available Trakpro Standard User Guide63 Page Second bar shows the last data was get from unit green unit sent data less then 5 minutes ago yellow unit sent information within the last hour Horange unit sent data within the last day dred there was no messages for a
233. r SMS dialog is accessible in Monitoring Units Users and Drivers panels as well as in the ground panel of the program The buttons are not shown if the current user does not have enough rights to send SMS messages 2 gt K Send SMS Drivers Phone number 37095704677 Belka amp Strelka 37029622549 a our message Boss 95515263746 Driver 13 02 2010 3 75296225 Type your messages and press send Enc Claptonon 1212 75645342 Type your messages and press Send John Smith 1907 7564530 Type your messages and press Send Type your messages and press Send short distance Truck Driver 37 Type your messages and press Send spider Man 370293216547 Type your messages and press Send Terminator 212 7577 8690 Ure Gagarin 19174567991 MeaHoe lleak hleakoshy 37 Type your messages and press Send Send Le In the dropdown list Drivers Units Users select addressee Below there will be displayed the list of objects of the selected type which have phone number in their properties Phone number is displayed in brackets after object s name To quickly find a needed object on the list use the dynamic filter On the right of the dialog the phone number of the selected element is displayed It is taken from the object s properties However you can input any other number in international format As you type your message below you can see the number of symbols used and the number of SMS messages which are
234. r from the lowest value to zero if the values are negative In the picture below you see two speed charts built for one unit for the same period of time The first chart is regular the second one has the flag Count from zero Trakpro Standard User Guide234 Page a H un SEERNE a i on T pe p donz 4 Di eS 180 E ji LLE E i hd i a a p a p 03 07 2 m n oF EE E e B 2010 Do Lad 10 53 20 11 18 20 11 43 20 12 08 20 Trips The chart can contain a special line displaying unit state upper position is for movement trip lower position is for stay Movement stay intervals are detected according to trip detector settings If trip detector is not set the line will not appear To activate the line choose Trips option in chart parameters Smoothing Almost all regular charts can be presented in two forms raw and smoothed Raw charts are drawn from one message to another in a linear way and have angular look Smoothed charts look more streamlined The smoothing algorithm is the same for all chart kinds Trakpro Standard User Guide235 Page pro Below is an example where the red line displays a raw voltage chart and the green line displays a smoothed voltage chart The blue line is to indicate trip and stay intervals Trips External voltage V Extemal voltage V smoothed 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 06
235. r name PARAM_VALUE Parameter value DRIVER ID pe oe o code DRIVER NAME Driver s name name Name of another unit used in notifications about interposition of OTHER_UNIT its units Note that a parameter must be marked by percent sigh from both sides Otherwise it will considered as simple text as is and will be not converted to real values Example The text UNIT violated speed limitations At POS_TIME it moved SPEED near LOCATION can be transformed to Rover 119 violated speed limitations At 2000 01 01 12 01 37 it moved 136 km h near KU 8 Thurnau DE Trakpro Standard User Guide128 Page pro Notification Action Notification action is what the program will do when a notification triggers New Notification Action Notity by e mail Notity by SME Display online notification in a popup window q a C1 Register event for unit Iw Register as violation Execute a command Modify users access level set counter value Store counter value as parameter Register unit status Modify unit groups Send a report by e mail Assign a route A O ad a a Oo Od a a Reset driver Cancel Back eset Bg Notify by e mail You can indicate one or more e mail addresses to send a notification to When all slots to enter addresses are filled additional slots appear automatically Besides you can check the option Attach image from triggered message if your the device used takes pi
236. r received this data e Violation text notification text or event description e Location unit location at that moment e Count the number of violations e Notes an empty column for your custom comments iolation time 2010 04 26 09 59 00 2010 04 26 11 07 00 2010 04 26 11 16 00 2010 04 23 07 51 35 2010 04 25 07 51 35 2010 04 25 07 51 55 Time received 2010 04 26 10 01 15 2010 04 26 11 15 27 010 04 26 11 16 38 2010 04 25 Of 51 41 2010 04 25 Of 51 41 010 04 25 07 51 58 iolation text Service term is 1 mile expired Speeding detected unit moved 100 mph near Lelystad Unit let permitted zone at B 466 Gnotzheim DE SMS Simi lett the zones at 2010 04 23 07 51 38 SMS Simi violated speed limitations 88 kmh Location Lonystratie Giehen DE 0 60 km from B 466 Gnotzheim Lonystratie Glefien DE SMS Simi violated speed limitations 83 km h 0 60 km from B 466 Gnotzheim In addition you can use special markers for this report Visited Streets This report shows which streets were visited and when Highways roads and other places with available addresses are also considered as streets in this report The following columns can be presented in this kind of report Street street roads highway etc name Initial location place where the first messages from this street was received It can be the same as the previous cell or more detailed for example it can additionally contain house n
237. r service administrator for more information Trakpro Standard User Guide27 Page pro Top Panel wisn Gas ms iv e we at O On the top left of the window there are the following elements e service provider logo e current time with time zone in brackets time parameters are adjusted in User Settings e the language menu contact your service administrator to enlarge this list if needed On the top right you see e the Tools menu e map layer menu WebGIS Google Maps etc e the User Settings button e login username that has been used to enter the system e the Logout button e link to user guide e product logo In the top panel several warning messages pop up If the time became red it means there has been no connection to the server during the last two minutes This can happen by a number of reasons e g the Internet connection is broken or some trouble has happened to the server In case connection is restored the warning will disappear automatically and the system will continue its work If there has been no connection for more than 5 minutes the session is terminated However after restoring the connection the login page will be loaded automatically At this if the flag REMEMBER ON THIS COMPUTER is enabled the auto login to the system will be performed too Trakpro Standard User Guide28 Page lrakpro Wwialon me Unable to connect to the server The page will be reloaded automati
238. races a g a hide show unit names Le hide show unit movement direction course arrows see Unit Presentation on Map for details Ge _ hide show the dialog to send SMS messages to drivers users and units At the right end of the ground panel there are three buttons which are used to show or hide additional windows bJ Messages window which displays messages received from drivers amp 4 there are new unread messages E Notifications window which pops up when an online notification triggers E there are new unread notifications lal Pictures window which allows to view pictures from messages EH Log window which contains current events and operations In the center of the ground panel there can be your copyright with a hyperlink Trakpro Standard User Guide31 Page lrakpro Map The map exists in all modes Usually it occupies the greatest part of the screen Units and their traces marked POI geofences and other elements can be displayed on the map To adjust the map size in relation to the work area and the log drag a slider between the corresponding panels up down or right left To expand the map as much as possible you can hide the work area and the log at all and EH buttons and switch to the full screen mode by pressing lt F11 gt that is supported by most of browsers MEA 10 22 59 01 ENAK Tools WebGis Ai user Logout i F r e a l gp
239. racking includes e detecting unit position and watching its movements on map e observing dynamic change of various unit parameters such as speed fuel level temperature voltage etc e management of units sending commands and messages assigning jobs and routes adjusting notifications etc and drivers phone calls SMS registering work shifts binding to unit etc e interpreting information derived from the unit in various kinds of reports tables charts movement tracks event markers complete statistics etc e and much more Tracking results can be presented on the computer screen as well as exported to files in different formats TRAKPRO QUICK START 1 Login Key in your user name and password on the login page and press Enter Make sure you use one of supported browsers which are Mozilla Firefox 3 Opera 10 0 Internet Explorer 8 Google Chrome 11 See System Requirements and Optimization Trakpro Standard User Guide6 Page 2 Interface You have entered the main interface of the monitoring system On the left there is the work area Here you switch between panels like Monitoring Tracks My Places Geofences Notifications Jobs and so on On the right there is usually the map There can also be reports messages log etc it depends on the mode chosen The modes Map Messages Reports are changed in the mode switch panel over the work area Trakpro Stan
240. re Track colors are set in unit properties Advanced tab or in the Tracks panel as well All fast built tracks are displayed in the Tracks panel where you can manipulate them in the same was as usual tracks enable disable delete focus apply hittest etc Trakpro Standard User Guide88 Page pro Track Parameters After you have drawn a track it is impossible to change its parameters time unit color annotations In case of error delete incorrect track and create a new one Track Color A track can be of one color or different colors depending on detected speed or sensor values registered on a segment of the track The single color is selected in the palette in the Tracks panel Other colors for tracks are adjusted in Unit Properties gt Advanced If in unit configuration one of the options Speed based track colors Sensor based track colors is selected and intervals and colors are set a track can be multicolored These colors can be changed only through unit properties dialog If you have recently modified the color palette new colors are applied after pressing the Refresh button Track Line Thickness Indicate track width in pixels track line thickness Track can be represented as a number of not connected points from where messages were received choose the option Points Annotations Indicate weather you want annotations to be displayed Annotations are hints which are attached to
241. re allowed at the middle o comma cannot be used jn report templates in column names table titles and statistics fields jn numeric fields as the delimiter for entering fractional numbers the dot is used If any entry in a dialog is not valid it is impossible to save changes or create an object because OK button becomes not available There can be also an alert when trying to save incorrect data ncorrect entry Phone numbers and e mail addresses Phone numbers must be in international format They must contain all necessary codes country code communication statement or city code and then the phone number itself Brackets soaces and hyphens are not allowed Except numbers a phone can contain only one character plus at the beginning When you need to enter several phone numbers into one field separate them from each other with commas don t use any spaces for instance 19176726154 15551234567 E mail addresses must be in the format user name the at sign domain name E mails can contain letters of Latin alphabet as well as dots hyphens and underscores _ Trakpro Standard User Guide44 Page pro USER SETTINGS Users can configure some parameters of system operation according to their needs and tasks To view user settings click on r e the corresponding button on M ene w Y F the top panel T L L unane areren Hig Cole trage wWilhamstrabe Turkan Market h
242. red on the latest unit position To delete a notification click on a cross against it Is it possible also to delete all messages remove all button or delete all read messages remove read button You can hide or show the notification window To hide it press close button or click on notifications icon on the bottom Click it again when need to show the notification window again If the icon blinks it means there are unread notifications If you place the mouse pointer over the icon in the tooltip you can see the number of unread notifications By default the notification window appears automatically when a new online notification triggers However if you remove the flag Automatically display popup events in User Settings only the blinking envelope in the bottom panel will indicate that there are new Trakpro Standard User Guide136 Page Trakpro notifications Notifications A SMS Sim012 Connection SMS Simdd8 Connection SMS SimD S connection loss Last messages at 4011 09 27 13 27 42 near Mapocenka Yn blocked amp Malinki Inc Connection P SMS Sim011 Connection Picasso Connection Picasso connection loss Last messages at 2011 09 27 13 27 38 near Mg delete all delete read 44 568 779 4 576901 Messages ES Notifications Pictures PA Minimap 25 Log ee ROUTES Trakpro tracking system provides an opportunity to track a unit being on route and supposed to vi
243. results of import action can be estimated if you choose the corresponding account in the filter of report templates list Trakpro Standard User Guide181 Page pro TABLES The following tables for units and unit groups can be added to a report Table properties Mame Chat Available columns I F time D Sender I D Tet I C count I F Notes e Table Parameters e Intervals Filtration e Chat e Chronology e Connection Problems e Counter Sensors e Custom Fields e Digital Sensors e Engine Hours e Events e Executed Commands New Report Template Chat Chronology Connection problems Counter sensors Custom fields Digital sensors Engine hours Events Executed commands Fuel fillings Fuel thetts Gectences GPRS traffic Maintenance Mon visitted geotences Parkings Plots visits Rides Route points Routes Sensors tracing SMS messages Speedings Stops SUMMA rr ary Trips Lrtinished rides Ltilization cost Violations Visited streets Trakpro Standard User Guide182 Page pro e Fuel Fillings e Fuel Thefts e Geofences e GPRS Traffic e Maintenance e Non visited Geofences e Parkings e Rides e Route Points e Routes e Sensor Tracing e SMS Messages e Summary e Speeding e Stops e Trips e Unfinished Rides e Utilization Cost e Violations e Visited Streets A template can contain any number of tables and charts You can even add the same table type several times
244. rmed automatically send a message to driver block the engine change users access to this unit and many others See Notifications In Reports Trakpro Standard User Guide106 Page pro Geofences can be used in reports as addresses in the Location column if Geofences as address source is checked Geofences can be used in many tabled reports for example e Geofences visits to geofences all entries and exits to from selected geofence s are given together with visit duration distance travelled within the geofence average and maximum speed etc e Non visited Geofences geofences which were ignored non visited during a period of time or on certain days e Rides and Unfinished Rides rides from one geofence to another convenient to control how a cargo is transported in several trips e Routes and Route Points reports on routes scheduled or unscheduled attendance in control points Geofences can be also used to filter intervals in reports When a report is generated geofences can be rendered on the map JOBS Trakpro Standard User Guide107 Page pro A job is a set of actions to be performed by a predefined schedule A job can be command execution sending reports by e mail assigning a route change access to units etc To create edit and delete jobs open the Jobs panel in the work area Here you see the list of all jobs created information on their state and the button to create a new job EN B
245. ro Standard User Guide115 Page pro To set a new value or to reset the counter choose the option Set new value for mileage counter and input the desired value below in kilometers The counter will obtain this value each time when the job is executed Set the flag Store counter value as parameter of unit data message to save the counter value as parameter in data message Later on it can be used to get initial and final mileage for trips It is recommended to store the counter while the unit is parked for example once a day at night time The option Store counter value in unit history can be used to store current mileage counter value It is especially recommended if according to the job properties the counter has to be reset or altered Engine Hours Accounting This is analogue of the previous type of job but it is applied to engine hours sensors Set new value for engine hours counter lw New value for engine hours A 0 Store counter value as parameter of unit data message a Parameter name engine_hours Store counter value in unit event history m If you store engine hours sensor as parameter in data message you can use this parameter to create engine hours sensor on its basis Counters values traffic mileage engine hours are stored in unit history as registered events which is needed for creating reports Events or Chronology Send a Report by E mail This job can be used to automatically generate and send rep
246. ro Standard User Guide217 Page pro Time received SMS text 2010 03 26 17 36 02 GPSil Sati Lat S3 914577 Long 27 451012 Alii272 Speed 0 Dir 0 Date 2010 35 26 Time 15 55 48 2010 03 26 17 37 14 WARNING Not supported Param ID detected 245 2010 03 29 07 22 25 O4BeB24215CO0000401F 7112609901Db0263CO9BOO0141FO769415F6 2010 03 29 10 01 20 Param Dise45 New Text 212 96 191 50 2010 03 29 10 02 43 WARNING Not supported Param ID or Value detected 311 2010 03 29 10 04 38 Param I0 3231 New Valil 2010 03 29 10 04 47 WARNING Not supported Param ID or Value detected 11 summary This kind of report allows to from a table with diverse data concerning a period of time and at the same independent of any conditions like trips sensor operation geofence visit etc The following columns can be included e Mileage total mileage on the interval e Move time time in trips e Engine hours time of engine hours operation e Parkings total time of parkings on the interval e Counter counter sensor value e Initial counter counter value at the beginning of the interval e Final counter counter value at the end of the interval e Consumed by the volume of consumed fuel detected by a fuel sensor like impulse absolute instant fuel consumption sensor fuel level sensor or calculated by math or rates Details about fuel in reports Besides in report template on the right you can specify additional parameters to
247. s nactive if the activation time has not come yet Trakpro Standard User Guide143 Page pro Route started If the activation time is indicated route falls under control when this time comes At the same time the route achieves the status Started Any visits to control points before this time will be ignored and route status will be nactive If the activation time is not indicated and points omission is denied route becomes Started when unit enters the first control point If the activation time is not indicated and points omission is allowed route becomes Started immediately and unit position is analyzed from its last messages received before the route was created Route finished A route acquires the status Finished when arriving to the last control point Waiting for arrival The status Waiting for arrival to lt control point name gt is assigned when the route starts Then unit is expected to arrive to the first control point regardless whether points omission is allowed or not The status Waiting for arrival is also assigned when unit leaves some control point Then the unit is expected to arrive to the next control point Arrival entrance Arrival to control point means that a messages with coordinates which fall inside the point radius was received from the unit The speed is not taken into account so it does not matter whether the unit stopped there or just passed through One message inside a control point is enou
248. s to create a notification for and push Next If you have only one unit available it is selected automatically and this page is not displayed Select what you would like to control geofence speed alarms sensor values message parameter etc Push Next Adjust control parameters needed for the notification type selected in the previous window select geofences indicate speed limits etc Push Next Input your text for the notification using special tags listed in the table below They will be substituted with real values when notification triggers Indicate how the notification should be delivered sent by e mail or SMS popup online registered in unit history etc Trakpro Standard User Guide120 Page pro 7 Key in a name for the notification and adjust the schedule for its performance 8 Push OK The created notification will appear on the list in the left part of the window All of the steps of creating notification are described in detail below Notification Type New Notification Select control type B Geofence control Speed control Alarm button trigger Digital input activationideactivation Message parameter contral Sensor value control Connection or coordinates lass eo oO Oy Sv e G idles SMS control interposition of units Route contral Driver control H O H Reiie Waintenance Cancel Back Bext Geofence control In case of this choice in the following window you have to sel
249. s on server Iw Render POl on server I Cancel OK Account Attention This tab can be not shown to end user The Account tab of User Settings dialog contains two sections General and Statistics In the General section information on billing plan and current balance is presented You see also how many objects like places geofences devices users etc you can create and how many of them already exist Trakpro Standard User Guide54 Page General Settings pro Monitoring Panel General Statistics Billing plan client_billing Balance 5 Days left 35 Service nits Motific ations Geofences Unit groups Jobs Routes E mail reports OF O0 2 User Settings Maps Account Limit 200 100 1000 100 20 BA Reset BIA BIA BA BILA BIA BIA none E Cancel Lik In the Statistics section you can make an inquiry about charges for different operations produced over a given period Specify the period of time and push the Show button to see Statistics General Settings Monitoring Panel General Statistics View statistics for last 1 days Show Date 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 2011 07 20 10 MONITORING 41 42 41 42 41 42 40 42 40 42 40 42 39 42 39 42 Unit tracking includes Service SMS message SMS message SMS message SWS message SMS message SMS message
250. s the work menu a menu of available panels representing different system elements D Monitoring tracking units position state and movements Tracks viewing movement history m POI creating editing removing points of interest on the map Geofences creating editing removing geographical areas ia Jobs creating editing removing jobs performed by schedule Notifications creating editing removing notifications about events a Routes controlling units on routes amp Units managing available units cbs Users managing other users er Unit Groups grouping units in your own way oe Drivers creating drivers and assigning them to units Trakpro Standard User Guide30 Page pro The panels are available only in the Map mode which can be selected in the modes panel To navigate through the panels place the cursor over the name of the panel on top of the work area Then in the list that appears select a desired panel It is more convenient to navigate between panels using Shortcuts The work area size is changeable Click on its right border and drag right or left to widen or narrow it Besides the work area can be completely hidden For this use the arrow shaped button on the modes panel Ground Panel Le te Le Ww Z m ogai At the left end of the ground panel you see three buttons to manage unit display mode as well as SMS button be Ei chide show unit t
251. scription Phone number 191766478392 Browse Cancel OK Driver s Assignment attention To assign drivers to units you need to have execute commands access to units There are two ways to bind a driver to a unit manual and automatic To detect a driver automatically the corresponding equipment has to be installed In authorized personnel control system iButtons with i wire bus inside are widely used When getting into the vehicle the driver applies the electronic key to be identified by the system The manual assignment is done in the Drivers panel For it Bind unbind switch button S can be used Press the button Bind to unit and choose one of two options Bind to unit or Register working shift The first option is used if the assignment must be registered right in the moment The second option is used to fix driver s work post factum Select an option and press Next Assign Driver Mister X Bind to unit Register working shift Choose a unit to bind a driver to This list contains only units from the work list of the Trakpro Standard User Guide156 Page pro monitoring panel Assign Driver Mister X Units D 1234567089003512 Aurora Borealis Cycle Machine fy cy ette Unit 001 Fish Boat Fuchsia Ine Fura 1475683 AC Gogol Bordello Lorca e 2a toe ut amp ry ce OF Ce OY G Walinki Inc Cancel Back OK If you register a working shift there
252. ser Trakpro Standard User Guide148 Page pro properties F or lt Edit or view user s properties depending on your access User properties dialog can contain up to five tabs which were described above User Properties user e General e Access General ACCESS Advanced Logs Custom Fields e Advanced e Logs e Custom fields _ Transfer settings from one user to others If the button is dimmed it means you have not enough access Create a copy of this user X Delete user from the system If the button is dimmed it means you have not enough rights to delete it Application of Users If you have access to several users especially if they have their own accounts it affects system in whole You can create objects under a selected user or within their account As a rule the information that a certain object driver geofence job etc belongs to a certain account is displayed in object s tooltip or properties dialog Besides in all panels containing filters there is an additional filter by user account in the form of a dropdown list User name is shown e in unit log if the logging is enabled if this user has changed some unit properties e onthe list of sent commands in the Messages Mode e in reports on executed commands and chat with driver This things testify to users activity Moreover there are other tools to control users behavior in the system For example on the Logs tab of User Properties dialog
253. shaped geofences The option affects the Map Mode as well as in reports Captions color is blue for control points and magenta for names of geofences themselves Monitoring Panel Settings On this tab of the User Settings dialog you can customize the view of your Monitoring panel Choose the elements to be displayed in the working list If you mark an element in the left check box this item will have its own column in the monitoring list If you mark an element in the right check box this item will get into unit actions menu under button If not marked at all the item is not displayed Trakpro Standard User Guide50 Page pro User Settings General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Available columns oi S Events registrar O M S Sensor state O M Tracking option O m as Commands MO D Motion state mM C Sy Data accuracy Without filtration m o ez Connection state O M Tal Pictures from messages O w GD crac i I i r i a E Cancel ORK Events registrar This column contains buttons to display event registrar dialog It is used to register fuel fillings maintenance service and other events to unit history Sensor state Shows sensor state on off value etc with different colors How to adjust these colors Tracking option If selected in this column unit will be always in sight on the map Commands Command can be locate unit block engine send a message to driver and many others
254. shown in unit info tip Sensors values Sensors configured for the unit and their known values will be listed Custom sensor name is displayed and the value processed according to calculation table of this sensor Custom fields Custom fields from unit properties Route control Assigned routes and their current states Driver The name photo and phone number of driver bound to the unit Maintenance state Service intervals together with their states days engine hours kilometers left or expired are shown Trakpro Standard User Guide48 Page pro Note that counters in unit tooltip are refreshed once a minute as well as information about driver Unit visualization on map Snap to road If activated units location will by forcibly locked to a nearest road if there is one in the radius of 50 meters 164 feet Replace unit names with drivers names If ticked unit names displayed on the map are replaced with drivers names if any are assigned If none of drivers is assigned the unit is displayed with its usual name This option concerns only unit visualization on the map and does not affect unit lists in different dialogs panels and popup menus Replace unit icons with motion state signs If marked unit icons are hidden and all units are displayed with motion direction arrows if they are in motion or with blue rhomb shaped marker if they are stationary See also Unit presentation on map Display overlapping units
255. sion of virtual presence Trakpro Standard User Guide59 Page lrakpro Coobwenun Ma Yeegomnenuva sa V306paxeHuA FP MuHu kapta Fa KypHan BM The third mode of minimap works only if Google Maps are activated in User Settings and if there is coverage fir requested geographical area Unit Presentation on Map By default units on the map are displayed with icons assigned to them and their names captions color is red Icons for units can be selected from a standard set e g al or you can load your own image See the dialog Unit Properties gt Image Unit icon can be rotated on the map according to course movement direction This feature is also defined in unit properties Trakpro Standard User Guide60 Page pro Alternatives for Icons Unit icons can be replaced with motion state signs e yellow circle the unit is not moving but the engine is on e red square the unit is not moving and the engine is off if the unit has ignition sensor e green arrow the unit is moving and arrow s direction shows movement direction aszenb PO IEH i eG or amp P i wy KYpPOE This option is called Replace unit icons with motion state signs and set in User Settings Besides the colors of these icons arrow square circle can be different and dependent on a sensor value This functionality is adjusted in Unit Properties gt Advanced Sensor color in the Monitoring panel In other words
256. sit definite control points in time or without any predefined schedule To work with routes open the Routes panel in the work area on the left Here you see the list of existing routes and a button to create a new one Routes New All s Arriva 16 Route 1467 x Center WYF w x Center AF m ge x Main Route yi x Route 1408 M x testi 23 M x Let us assume that a vehicle has to transport goods to five points To control its activity you need to 1 Prepare the route that is create a line shaped geofence presenting a consequent movement along the route Trakpro Standard User Guide137 Page pro 2 Mark five control points in the appropriate places and assign a schedule for them 3 Create a route based on this geofence give it a name assign to needed unit s 4 Activate the route when needed 5 Monitor how the route is accomplished Details on these steps are given in further topics Preparing a Route A route is based on a geofence If this is a polygon or a circle the system traces unit presence in the geofence Much richer possibilities of control exist for line shaped geofences They can contain control points and the schedule of visiting them Note In some cases it is important to map line shaped geofences created for route control from its start point toward its end and not vice versa because the sequence of control points is automatically defined according to line direction and cannot be changed ma
257. soeed which is considered as speed outside populated areas Urban speed limit is a setting in unit properties which defines if unit is moving in urban area or outside it e Initial mileage mileage counter value at the beginning of the interval trip street visit sensor operation etc e Final mileage mileage counter value at the end of the interval e Mileage counter absolute mileage mileage counter value at the moment of report generation Trakpro Standard User Guide260 Page pro Mileage if less than 20 miles or kilometers is displayed with accuracy to hundredths other decimal places are simply cut Measurement units for speed and mileage kilometers and kilometers per hour or miles and miles per hour are selected in additional settings of report template There you can also set the option Mileage and fuel with accuracy to two decimal places to see mileage always with hundredths Speed Average and maximum speed values can be included in the same reports as mileage trips geofences rides speedings digital sensors Note that the average speed directly depends on mileage because it is calculated by dividing mileage by duration for example distance travelled with a sensor on divided by duration of on state That is why a situation can happen when the average speed is zero and maximum speed is a positive number It can happen 1 if state duration is zero see explanation above 2 if mileage is zero unit was
258. sponding marker on the map or corresponding row in the table Besides if the multipoint mode is selected the displacement from the starting point in time and distance is calculated and in brackets you can find the displacement from the previously put point NEAREST UNITS This tool is designed to help you to find units which are the nearest to a certain place according to their last message Choose Instruments gt Nearest units on the menu In a special window set the parameters of your request and observe search results Request There are two ways to indicate a place Trakpro Standard User Guide276 Page pro 1 Double click on the map in this place 2 Enter city and street in the appropriate fields When you start to enter a street the system starts looking for streets which names start from these letters Soon a list of streets is generated and you can choose a street from it Then buildings are displayed if there are available and you can choose from them too In the selected place a red cursor starts to blink and at the bottom the list of nearest units is displayed If in User Settings the parameter City is set then the city town is already selected when you open the tool and you need just enter a street nyote Only WebGIS maps can be used for address detection Additional Parameters Several additional parameters can be applied to the search Number of units to be shown 5 10 or 20 units can be shown c
259. strar and press Next Give the event a name enter description and choose the place Trakpro Standard User Guide76 Page pro Description Car accident Chore Stored descriptions car accident I Delete new sensors FLS side trip fuel theft hundredth chent new sensors ignition E Reset Location Chmielna Warsaw PL Date dun 2010 10 53 iolation m There is a possibility to save events descriptions to speed up the process To do this enter your description and press Store The description will appear below in Stored descriptions To select a previously saved description for a new event just click on one of them To delete a saved description select it and press Delete If you check Violation the event will be registered in unit history as violation otherwise it is registered as simple event It means this event will appear in different kinds of reports Events or Violations Register Unit Status Using this functionality you can register the beginning of a state which can be afterwards displayed in some reports For instance the status can be like business private is a vehicle is used both for personal and business needs The process of registration is the same as for custom event You choose date and time and enter any text The text can be saved and used in other registrations The date and time chosen means the beginning of the status The state comes to end when a new state is registered Statuses can be set au
260. such a manner you can control geofence visits connection loss idling service intervals etc Manually an event can be registered in the special registrar in the monitoring panel In such a manner you can register fuel fillings maintenance unit statuses and any custom event Traffic counter reset and routes statuses can be also saved as events In the table you see e time when the event was detected automatic registration or registered manually by user e type event traffic counter reset events from notifications some custom events route control statuses violation violations from notifications some custom events maintenance registered manually e event text which is taken from notification text or from description entered while registering manually Time Type Event text 1 2OL0 O04 26 09 47 00 Event K nigstor Kassel DE A 2010 04 76 09 51 00 Event Werner von Siemens Strahe Baunatal DE 3 2010 04 26 09 52 00 Event Wilhelrmsplatz 4 2010 04 26 09 54 00 Event Fuel filling of 50 gal to the amount of 22 dinars was made near Gut Kragenhof Ka z 2010 04 26 09 59 00 Wiolation Service term is 1 mile expired 2010 04 26 10 03 00 Event Maintenance term is 1 km expired 7 2010 04 26 10 06 00 Event Speeding detected The unit is moving 100 mph 2010 04 26 10 07 00 Filling Fuel filling of 40 lt to the amount of 13 was made near Gallierstrafe Bann DE a 2010 04 26 10 09 00 Event Connection loss detected from 2010 04 26 10 10
261. sx file instead of standard xls XML XML is a textual data format that is notable for structured data storage and useful for data exchange between programs CSV CSV is a textual data format used for the digital storage of data structured in a table of lists form where each each raw in the file corresponds to a raw of a table and the columns are separates from each other by a special delimiter You can additionally set coding utf8 cp1251 and delimiter comma or semicolon Trakpro Standard User Guide175 Page pro Export to File File format Page orientation Ere Page size Page width Compress report files Attach map ra Hide cartographic basis E File name optional October 2011 Thet Generate report E Cancel PI et You can compress report files if needed You can attach map WebGIS map only to the report Note that the map will be attached to the file only if any graphical elements as tracks markers geofences etc are chosen in the report template At that map layer can be hidden Hide cartographic basis option so that only tracks and markers will be shown on the blank background The map cannot be attached to the files Excel XML and CSV Type a file name for the file It is optional and if left empty a file will be given a default name like Online_report Do not check Generate report to export the current online report to file Choose this option to generate a new report Depending
262. t etc air Q2 Q LY Time 2010 09 15 12 01 56 Speed kmh 72 Speed krn h To navigate a chart use the corresponding arrow shaped buttons e move left e move right The buttons to scale a chart along the X axis e zoominachart in half the size e zoom out in half the size e Picustom zoom When the custom zoom is activated a mouse cursor is displayed as a blue vertical line Holding the left mouse button you can select a needed area of a chart to increase it Repeat Trakpro Standard User Guide231 Page pro the operation several times To reset zoom level to the initial position press the Reset to defaults button To get a sensor value in a given point activate Trace chart values option l A mouse cursor is then displayed as a red vertical line Click on any place on the chart and read the exact value in a text box below for instance time and fuel level or time and speed If there are several curves choose a needed one on the dropdown list at the end of the toolbar If the X axis shows time you move to the requested massage on the map and a marker is put at that place To scale the Y axis use the button Y axis auto zoom L If the button is pressed and you change chart zoom along the X axis then the Y scale is recalculated automatically in such a way to use the maximum of chart space If the button is released the Y scale always stays unchanged Pay attention that there is one more parameter which affec
263. t 16 22 55 Hannover Germany 1E 16 22 51 Hew Reto of unit ani aN Hollander was detected at 16 25 06 Kronsbergstrate Laatzen Niedersachsen Germany E Guiam gt O Messages ES Notifications ea Pictures P7 Minimap ZS Log Si Except messages coming from tracking units the log also shows current actions and operations such as creation and modification of geofences notifications unit properties etc b Unit info tip Hover the mouse pointer over the unit in the Monitoring panel or on the map to see the latest data in a tooltip last message time location address or coordinates speed etc oon A enik z be Y l ka 3 i im pS UM US 4p oth ee i a _ ae ro T Behind oF andr ee e ade Hollander Device type walon Fetranslator Unique ID 12354567 89000016 x Phone 49593430014 e Last message 2011 11 17 15 27 52 6 seconds ago Location Am Mittelftelde Hannover Germany m ene Speed 18 kmt l so Altitude r w 7 c Messages Mode The most reliable way to check unit operability is to view its messages To switch to the Messages Mode click on the messages link over the work area Then select an interval to get messages for and press Execute Results appear on the right There you can estimate Trakpro Standard User Guide14 Page Trakpro TRACKING PROFE how many messages were received during the indicated period and what kind of data they present Besides the track of u
264. t button in the template properties dialog DA chart cannot be included to a report if report type is Unit group Enter a name for a chart or live default Chart the same for all charts New Report Template harn properties a aaa Ama ma Name SpeediTemp Chart Type Regular Splitsensors Count trom zero ata set amp O mM CA params _ V Sheed M Trips de Speed smoothed la AET saer M All sensors Altitude L Sensor F voltage m Sensor 2 F yoltage smoothed enoti sensor 4 Temperature des C Temperature smoothed p Engine revs r Engine revs smoothed F Counter sensors Custom sensors F Custom sensors smoothed da F Custom digital sensors lse Ctl Click to select multiple items Cancel OK Regular Charts There are several types of charts First of all this is Regular type Their X axis always presents time scale and you choose data for Y axis Trakpro Standard User Guide228 Page pro e Speed e Altitude e Voltage e Temperature e Engine revs e Counter sensor e Custom sensors e Custom digital sensors e Absolute mileage e Mileage in trips e Instant mileage e Fuel level no filtration is applied e Processed fuel level filtration is applied e Fuel consumption by ImpFCS e Fuel consumption by AbsFCS e Fuel consumption by InsFCS e Fuel consumption by FLS e Fuel consumption by math e Fuel consumption by rates The names of these items are edi
265. t d Hildegardis Apotheke 4 The User Settings dialog can 1 H E contain up to four tabs that depends on system configuration e General Settings e Monitoring Panel Settings e Maps e Account HINT Settings from one user can be imported to other users General Settings The first tab of the User Settings dialog contains general settings Here you indicate you time zone input your e mail address change the password to enter the system and set many other parameters User Settings General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Time zone 01 00 Amsterdam Berlin Rome Vienna Prague Daylight saving time Europe from last Sunday in Mlarch to last Sunday ir Iranian calendar he E mail Username Madomain com Enable public access to locator page Ea To Rome ee Rome User s phone numbers 191 78367415 4191 77934978 Change Password Access key to mobile site 4058 Lise UWS metrics miles and gallons LC Lise common map for all modes a Play sound for events Ea Cancel DR Trakpro Standard User Guide45 Page pro Time zone Indicate your time zone accurately because all time values in messages got from devices are displayed in accordance with time zone selected Changing time zone requires reloading the page Daylight saving time Specify DST options if you use summer and winter time in your region choose the most appropriate DST schedule on the dropdown list None sum
266. t from the list aa button at the head of the list to clear the work list remove all units Note that units are deleted from the list and not from the system They can be added back at any time using the ways described above To delete a unit from the system go to the Units panel Dynamic Work List The work list in the Monitoring panel can be formed dynamically according to the time when the last message from a unit was received Units are removed and added to the list and map automatically The work list updated each 10 seconds The function can be enabled in user settings on the Monitoring Panel tab Change Without filtration option to Monitoring panel or Panel Map and specify filtration interval in minutes The filtration can affect only the work list in the monitoring panel or both the work list and the map Trakpro Standard User Guide68 Page pro ATTENTION With this mode enabled some other functionality becomes not available or operates in different way 1 Manipulations with the work list such as search addition and removal of units are impossible 2 Unit lists displayed when creating jobs notifications and routes querying messages reports and tracks will contain not units from the work list as usual but all available units 3 However Nearest Units tool operates with the work list dynamically updated in the Monitoring panel 4 The filtration by last message time does not affect the work list if the
267. t geofence Geofence Circle at 2011 04 19 135 4 Ej zI Paii Foute 1408 EE x L rE test123 Ve EX oba The appropriate information can be also shown in unit info tip To enable it go to user settings and select Routes control in the section Show in unit info tip In notifications and jobs While a unit is performing a route you can receive notifications about how it is going To do this create notification of the Route control type and adjust it properly depending on your needs You can be notified when a route has started or finished if a control point has been skipped unit has left route geofence and in other cases These notifications can be sent by e mail or SMS shown online in a popup window stired in unit history as events or violations An action can be undertaken when such a notification triggers like execute a command assign another route generate a report and others See Notifications for details Using jobs of the Route control type you can adjust automatic assignment removal of routes according to preset schedule In reports If the option Save events to unit history is activated for the route then all changes in routes statuses are stored in unit history and later can be used to form a report Routes or Route Points Route Statuses Route statuses are used in popup tooltips in reports and in notifications It is important to understand what they mean and how they are generated Inactive A route has statu
268. t je Garbsen aes i 5 f i A i i er Ena 2 eeke an cary Fy i F k si b I a oo ae oe F i w Hannover 4 Lehte hy a a 4 E 3 i MT F on F EAN 4p ao i denberg Gehrden rs LORTE i 1 i i i i f i ia Viennigsen Derter r A ee wes AERAN E i 1 na i 4 i i i yi my i a Bk f TERGO p i i ee r a Springe ad fi ar ad ew a ee l Bad M nder ei ee aa i aed i ene sete ek a WEP at Ea Trakpro Standard User Guide34 Page pro ZOOMING THE MAP Here several methods are also assigned 1 Scale on the map At the top right corner of the map under navigation buttons there is a scale that allows to zoom in or zoom out At the same time the center of the map is staying stable 2 Mouse scroll wheel It is more convenient to adjust zoom level using mouse scroll wheel Scroll up corresponds to zoom in scroll down corresponds to zoom out During the scrolling actions point the mouse cursor at needed place so that it would not get out of sight 3 Mouse and lt shift gt button If you push and hold lt shift gt button and select some area of the map with the left mouse button the map will be zoomed in to this area 4 Double click Double click on any place of the map to zoom it in At the bottom of the map the current scale in kilometers meters and miles feet and geographical coordinates of the cursor are indicated Format of coordinated can be either degrees or degrees
269. t separately To activate it go to User Settings gt Monitoring Panel and select Routes control The following icons are used to visualize unit activities on routes Trakpro Standard User Guide141 Page pro j no routes are assigned to the unit 9 the unit is moving according to the schedule the unit is in hurry the unit is delayed the route assigned to this unit is not activated yet Fe the route is finished the unit is doing several routes at once G _ the unit left the geofence of control Put the cursor over any of these icons to see details in a popup window For example it can be specified exactly what time the unit is late EP Monitoring O i uni SE 2 P S 7 wo C Lorca p li Ss x C Nature Morte P liee OX O Pantera li se x O Picasso b TE x l Sensor Rico p TE x C E sms sim gt Olle Gx sms simoos r CHS 7 X C sms simon gt li SS x M sms simo33 r OLS 7 OX In the Routes Control panel place the cursor over a route name to see details in a popup window unit geofence status etc Under the horizontal line it is indicated on which stage of the route the unit is at the moment Trakpro Standard User Guide142 Page pro Routes New All Arriva 16 Route 1467 Center F Center wre Unit Malinki Inc geotence seotence Circle om Activation time 2011 07 18 14 00 00 JH SA J Wain Route Unit Malinki inc lef
270. t the beginning of the ride Then create Point B geofence and make it the end of the ride Trakpro Standard User Guide210 Page pro a y y Pa Te 3 fa a f fm 5 4 Panl 1 MOENIE I Messages 2 Iv Reports 3 4 z 2 Na eee Noal i te E OPAT ER Geofences ae Poizelstation Messe a y ee yee 19 a New ImportiExport All 0 ab N z Ey Al ff wl r sL 7 ae is 123 route 3 i gP x jas 17 _Messepark l SM Messe Superrerktill a I County Cricket Club in Yorkshire of Pax ia 2 win Convention Center M Pointa 0o ive lis M Point B ohseex ad Me eae O York City F C CFC fe eX ia ee C Yorkish terriers o AEX k Rides Parameters When you create a template for rides pay attention on additional parameters to be set Circle ride is a ride which starts and finishes in the same geofence that is a unit must leave this geofence and return after a while Such a geofence must have both flags ride beginning and ride end The option Show rides started finished with a stop only can be used as an additional filter If activated it means that ride beginning and end can be only a visit to a corresponding geofence with a stop in it If a unit visited a geofence with ride beginning flag but did not make a stop there this ride will be not considered by the system In a similar way if a unit visited a geofence with ride end flag but did not make a stop there the ride will continue if ride
271. t the command phone number TCP UDP GSM Trakpro Standard User Guide201 Page pro e Count the number of sent commands e Notes an empty column for your custom comments N Sending time 2010 04 27 13 57 54 2010 04 27 13 58 22 2010 04 27 13 58 45 2010 04 27 13 58 54 2010 04 27 13 59 12 2010 04 27 13 59 54 2010 04 27 14 00 54 2010 04 27 14 01 54 2010 04 27 14 02 54 10 2010 04 27 14 03 43 11 2010 04 27 14 03 54 12 2010 04 27 14 04 02 O es A A M y eA User user user user user user user user user user monstr user monstr Command Locate device Parameters Execution time Set online report period 30 Custom message Locate device Message to driver Locate device Locate device Locate device Locate device Block engine Locate device Unblock engine art_rock fU10 04 27 13 57 55 f010 04 27 13 56 23 010 04 27 13 56 46 f010 04 27 13 56 55 010 04 27 15 59 15 f010 04 27 15 59 55 010 04 27 14 00 55 f010 04 27 14 01 55 010 04 27 14 02 55 f010 04 27 14 03 45 010 04 27 14 03 55 010 04 27 14 04 05 Channel 3 750000000 3 750000000 37 S0000000 3 750000000 37 S0000000 3 750000000 3 750000000 3 750000000 37 S0000000 3 750000000 3 750000000 3 750000000 gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm gsm This is a list of successfully executed commands To see all
272. t the data layout in the table if the grouping by days weeks month is used For instance if the data is grouped by days and the filter by geofence is on the table is built on the basis of geofences If the data is grouped by days and the filter by routes is on the table is built on the basis of routes If both filters are activated the sorting is made on the basis of both Intervals filtration can be applied to this table by duration mileage engine hours speed range stops parkings sensors driver fuel thefts fillings and geofences units Sensor Tracing This table shows sensor values in certain point in time The table can be exported in MS Excel where you can build any custom charts based on the data provided Tracing interval min _ The report can include all messages or take a 60 value in a time interval like take a value every All messages i 10 minutes One or the other alternative is W Skip out of range values chosen when configuring report template If tracing interval is indicated the system will search and display sensor value from the message which is the closest to the necessary point in time Available columns e Sensor sensor name e Time the time of the message from which the value was taken e Value the value numbers only e Formatted value the value with units of measurement e Driver driver s name or code if available e Notes an empty column for custom notes Tr
273. table However when building a curve for a sensor it will borrow sensor name Select data set for the chart checking necessary items in the list You can select two items then the chart will contain two curves for example speed and engine revs You can select even more items but note that only two variables can exist in one chart in addition to time It means if Y axis presents speed scale at the left and temperature scale at the right there is no place for engine revs But if Y axis presents speed scale at the left and consumption by ImpFCS at the right it is still possible to add consumption by AbsFLS and other methods because all they are measured in the same metrics and will use Y right scale In the picture below there a speed chart united with fuel level chart To receive such a chart it is needed to set Regular chart type and select Speed and Fuel level for data set Trakpro Standard User Guide229 Page pro Fuel Level Sensor peed oo s o ee g SOT a ve 8 os in TIN 0 ne We I oo oS a oO TASO B E 1 O a O D S S 1 A 0 a y A oN To ao ON I io LS OO A S o l 30 o Time 2010 03 03 2010 03 04 2010 03 04 2010 03 05 23 00 00 07 20 00 15 40 00 00 00 00 If there are more then one curve in the chart they are displayed in different colors At the top of the chart you can see the names of all lines as they are indicated in the report template or sensors names In addition the metrics are indicate
274. teviensaeveahnnbatusidadicesabysbsiiabuteccnubs sadbeaiiiedentuninuebsauwedevioosedwensivees 194 COEP EN O a E ere eee ee eee 195 Dieta SONS ONS e E E 197 ERC IS TOU A ET ceenedaee 198 EVE aea e E E E E E EE E 200 EXECU COC OIMMIANOS eaa E a 201 FOUELE iren E A E eae 202 FOS WF SS eae E E N E E E aeact ean teonnes 203 GOT COS a E E S 204 OPR TTE a A E E E E E E E NE E 205 PT NAS eh OG sses EE 206 IOIRVISIECO COTE IN CCS a eres isis teacesunnasitl chate E IR 207 PAE cases E E E S 208 RIOS ae se gots See A Se sree das oee wage deseo aa a eeeoeen Sous sebeaqnran seuss 210 ROUS ONS ares settee E E sine sae ciecaasaeacentpeeuencesananues ponesenees nace duaceuceaaeeeeene 214 ROUT eee eee ee ee ee ee ee eee 215 SOUS O 6 Ua CNS A test erratic arctic nate ecto EA E ecient A E E A 216 IM MOS SOS R vouttuasatetrescqnses snes desyatalneaustine A vein vesndonnereousiien devceusteeotenines 217 SS a cece tape cern reeset at oe be T A A E encase 219 COS assets ae cae ost A paceccetns a vines A puote ceca cua ca etc oewag os casned nts eeoeueey cnoteeanerenies 220 TUD pets sce caro ee warren eer ae ee een avenge eee en tae 221 TTI S MOO RIGS ca teic e E E E iiie onbbalewenounaiconeoecensun nde ectoelecueteabersoncian 224 TELE OSE snantecnccuiecsdensuudeiecntenriosaunssaoroseuniosavadiaeresueetaisunevber tenet isumdsenuinanierener soar esuunieatunteanse 225 WTO NEO Vis arev event cee ween teror E sneu bers veces E aeenacse cannes E EE E 225 MTSU CE SS egestas te
275. that you can define item s name using the wildcard symbols asterisk and or question The asterisk sign is a wildcard symbol which represents any combination of allowed characters in the name of an item It can be placed in any place of the query at the beginning in the middle at the end or in several places at once depending on which part of the name is known or is the same for a number of items For example if you type H NDA all HONDAS and HYUNDAIS will be found Another wildcard symbol which can be used is the question sigh It replaces any single character only one character As well as the asterisk sigh it can be put at any place of the query The request is not case sensitive For example a unit has two fuel sensors which names are SENSOR FUEL LEVEL and FUEL IN TANK We are going to create a notification which would be based on both of them To achieve it in notification properties we must set sensor name mask in such a way that it would correspond to the names of both sensors In our case the best choice is FUEL Sensor value control Specity sensor By name Sensor name mask Value from Value to similar sensors Sum up values Trigger In specified range Trakpro Standard User Guide42 Page pro You can do a search without using the asterisk but then you have to indicate the name geofence driver sensor etc exactly as it exist in the system To find ALL items of some k
276. the moment of activity end e Duration how long this activity lasted e Description for trips and speedings mileage for events and violations the text of notification for engine hours duration for drivers registered driver name or driver unbound for fuel fillings and thefts the volume of fuel and sensor name for sensors sensor activation deactivation e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Type Beginning stay 2010 03 04 00 00 28 Trip 2010 03 04 12 22 07 Speeding 2010 03 04 12 76 52 stay 2010 03 04 12 46 23 Trip 2010 03 04 22 40 29 Stay 2010 03 04 23 12 15 Trip 2010 03 05 10 16 43 Stay 2010 03 05 10 54 26 Req filling 2010 03 05 11 00 00 Trip 2010 03 05 12 16 42 stay 2010 03 05 124344 Trip 2010 03 05 23 00 50 Connection loss 2010 03 05 23 23 50 Connection Problems Initial location Roa P33 Messeschnellwweg Laatzen DE Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE Walsroder Strate Langenhagen CE P31 P31 Joachimstrate Hannover DE Joachimetrate Hannover DE Walsroder Strafie Langenhagen DE Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE 1 Duration Description 12 21 39 02416 0 01 40 9 54 06 0 31 46 11 04 28 0 37da 1i22 16 0 00 00 027i 0 10 17 06 0 59 08 0 36 09 Mileage 16 91 km Mileage 3 42 km 40 00 lt sensor Mathematical Mileage 6 61 km This kind of report lists cases when connection with server or satellites was lost The parameters for this r
277. ting such an area sections filled by semitransparent white color are included to the resulting area Use the Reset button to clean the map and draw a new area ADDRESS The address tool is designed to e finda place city house etc on map e detect the address of a place Choose Tools gt Address on the menu to make use of the tool The address information can be received from different provider depending on maps activated and their support WebGIS Google Yandex etc see Map Source Trakpro Standard User Guide269 Page pro en ee T Mi Ti qtr e Tat hal a a T Churchfield n i Address A y Knocknaheeny ee Select address provider and input an address to k Balymatthom s see this place on the map or double click on the f sha map to get address information for this point Address provider Google E Address Glendall Grove Search Greenmount Latitude 51 8840566 chon ie Longitude 5 4967225 Cork Lough Park Ei Address Glendale Grove sheen Tory Top Glasheen Cork Ca Geotences l Clashduy Park ME Account UZET i E l Geofence name Glendale Grove Glasheen C i Ballyphehan f u A d Radius 100 Togher Cross Se Forge Hill Save as geofence h ur Hi 5 Poulagutt a Sa FS r FOOR i a S In User Settings you can indicate City Then this city town will be selected automatically when you open the Address tool Search by Address To start searching input the first
278. tomatically for example when the unit enters a geofence see Notifications Columns with the corresponding contents are available in several reports which are Trips Engine hours Rides and Parkings Trakpro Standard User Guide77 Page pro Register Filling In the Monitoring panel you can register fuel fillings for units manually Manual registration helps to estimate the difference between registered and detected fuel compare consumed fuel with consumption rates calculate running costs etc In the registrar select Register filling and press Next Filled volume J30 It Cost 13 Description Fuel filling of 30 lt to the amount of lf was made Date 11 May 2010 11 54 Time deviation f 20 min Location L 3195 Birstein DE Reset Location Enter the volume of filled fuel in liters and the cost Fractional numbers up to hundredth can be also used for fuel volume and cost To enter fractional numbers use point as delimiter For example to register fuel filling for 77 dollars and 88 cents you enter 77 88 Entered values will be automatically added into the Description field below If necessary you can edit the text manually Then enter date and time when the filling happened and possible deviation from this time in minutes Besides it is possible to indicate the place where the filling happened To do this press the Select Location button The focus will switch to the map and you can indicate the place by double cl
279. trol approaching to units gt Control moving away from units Radius meters 100 Units under control Fish Boat om roe a4 Sensor Aich name of unit it iz SMS Simos SMS Sim 4 SMS Simo Speed limit B Sensor value control i Route control For this type of notification select route statuses to control route start route finish route interrupt arrival to control point control point skip departure from control point entrance to geofence exit from geofence Route control Route start Route finish Route interrupt Arrival to control point Control point skip Departure from control point Enterance to geofence 4 41 41 lt 1 lt 4 41 41 Exit fram geofence Driver control Choose control type deriver assignment or deriver reset To control both activities two notifications of different types will be required Using this notification you can control all drivers or just some of them input driver s name or code mask Trakpro Standard User Guide125 Page pro Driver control Driver assignment fe Driver reset C Driver code mask 123 2X Routine servicing First you choose trigger type notify when service term approaches or notify when service term is expired Then indicate the interval before or after the term for the notification to trigger This interval can be in days kilometers or engine hours or all together You can control all intervals existing
280. trol pointradius meters 100 Arrival time CH fli 0 30 Arrival time variation sec 300 Departure time H M 0 45 Departure time variati n sec 300 apm p i Bae Note If a route is going to have arbitrary sequence order of control points you can indicate time interval within which each control point should be visited It is especially convenient for delivery services and the like For example a point should be visited between 18 00 and 20 00 Then write 18 00 as arrival time and 20 00 as departure time At that time variations should be zero When the geofence with control points is done a controllable route can be created on its basis Creating a Route attention To assign a route to a units you should have edit access to this unit or higher There are several ways to create a route 1 Manually in the Routes panel the New button 2 Manually in the Geofences panel a special button against each geofence Trakpro Standard User Guide139 Page pro 3 Automatically using corresponding job type or notification action called Assign a route For example a route can be assigned to unit by preset schedule job Or you can create a notification with trigger action to assign a new route after the previous one is finished One more way to create a route is to do it through the Geofences panel using a special button which is against each geofence on the list Wherever you create a ro
281. ts chart zoom This option is set in report template and called Count from zero If it is on the Y axis will always have zero despite of the position of the Y axis auto zoom button Chart Parameters Select Sensors In the right part of the dialog you can indicate sensors to form the chart This selection does not affect such charts as Speed Altitude Fuel consumption by math and Fuel consumption by rates because they do not need any sensors to be built To indicate necessary sensors enter a mask to search sensors full sensor name or its part using wildcard symbols like asterisk replaces any number of characters or question sign replaces one character Sensor name cannot contain comma You can skip this possibility and select All sensors option In this case the system will automatically define sensors of a required type when building a certain chart If any masks are assigned and All sensors option is selected the chart will be built for all sensors and masks will be cleaned Trakpro Standard User Guide232 Page lrakpro Split Sensors If there are several sensors of the same type and a chart of the same type is created the curves for all sensors will appear in one chart To split them choose the appropriate option Split sensors Then an individual chart will be built for each sensor For example there is a unit with two voltage sensors external voltage and internal voltage If creating a voltage chart for this
282. tt to 10000 km t S000 mi Radius 44m ACCOUNT user A J oseeld m Kranichfald Blankenhain Dae i ee in a Gaurau ir Tor ae are os a Kahla mg Hohensteir Ernstthal Tehel a a i 2 4 in a ie f Mi Wad 1 ma a i If you have too many POI to show on the map it may slow down browser performance In this case enable the option to render POI on the server see User Settings gt Maps Place a mouse cursor over a place name on the list or on the map to see related information in a tooltip name coordinates visibility scale radius description enlarged image and an account which the POI belongs to if there is access to several accounts If POI are rendered on the server only name and description can be displayed in the tooltip If the description contains links to any external content it is shown in the tooltip For example a tooltip of a POI can look like this Trakpro Standard User Guide97 Page pro im POI H Es Import Ep ort All m Gey O 1 P a Xx E 1 Mew York City E O Se r 2 i 1 Hew York City P s X Latitude 56 08739 L 3 Longitude 92 8657234 Ee ata Pa Wwisibilty scale from S0 km 20 mi rm Borisow City to 10000 km 5000 mi i Se Radius 1000 m de Maumburg ooount LIS eS lt lt St Weather in New York de FRacken z oe lt lt Oe i SHNOrSe 06 54 AM TEST DO bets de Schulptorte Sunset 04 31 PM EST Eo o e En Moon Rise 07119
283. tton Supported formats are PNG JPG n GIF All loaded images are automatically resized by 64x64 pixels to display the POI on the map and on the list However in the tooltip for the POI you can see enlarged Trakpro Standard User Guide95 Page pro image up to 256x256 px Description Give custom description for the POI Its length is not limited You can use htm including iframe tags in descriptions in order to format text or get images from other sites For example you can embed video from web cameras get photos from crossroads load weather or currency exchange etc Latitude amp Longitude Coordinates are indicated automatically depending on the point on the map you have double clicked when creating the POI However you can edit coordinates manually if necessary Visibility scale Visibility scale is map zooms at which POI will be displayed or not For example if a POI is a city it has sense to see it on remote scales whereas if a POI is a building it is more logical to see it on more detailed scales Graduation of scales corresponds to map scales used in WebGIS map WebGIS this scale is traditionally displayed in the bottom left corner of the map Radius Default radius for a POI is 100 meters It can be used for address detection in reports as well as to display the POI on the map Tick the Show circle checkbox and choose the color if you want the POI to be displayed on the map as a circle with the specif
284. uch points messages can be forcibly locked to road It affects how the track looks Note that the functionality is implemented only for WebGIS maps and roads are considered in the radius of 50 meters 164 feet In the picture below you see two tracks the turquoise one represents a raw track the blue one is an optimized track with snap to road option enabled The option Trakpro Standard User Guide91 Page pro Tracks Management You can add tracks on any unit for any time interval The list of tracks created will be displayed in the work area at the left To prevent tracks merging select different colors for them Hover the cursor over track to get accurate information about track point points where messages were received Messages are searched in the radius of 50 pixels to the cursor Points found are highlighted by small green circle and a tooltip appears with the following information time speed coordinates satellites altitude and sensor values Messages with zero speed are marked with bigger points Trakpro Standard User Guide92 Page pro POI POI point of interest is a place on the map that has some importance for you and requires a special attention in the tracking process POI visually enrich the map by marking important places Each place can have its image on the map an icon In addition you can add any comments In POI tooltip you can get dynamically updated images from external sources video
285. umber Beginning time when the unit started moving along this street End time when the unit left the street Duration total time the unit was there Total time time from the first entrance to the street to the last exit from it useful if grouping by days is enabled Mileage distance that was traveled by the unit while moving through this street Trakpro Standard User Guide226 Page pro e Mileage adjusted mileage subject to the coefficient set in advanced unit properties e Avg speed average speed while moving along this street e Max speed maximum speed detected while moving along this street e Streets count the number of performed visits useful if grouping by days weeks month is enabled e Notes an empty column for your custom comments Fu 1 Street Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE Rathenaustratie Langenhagen DE Walsroder Strate Langenhagen DE ngerstra e Langenhagen DE 1 Langenhagen DE Vahrenwalder Strate Hannover DE Wahrenwalder Strate Hannover DE Hamburger Allee Hannover DE D A oom oh wM oe Raschplatzhochstrahe Hannover DE Beginning 2010 02 26 14 00 42 2010 02 28 17 32 15 2010 02 26 17 34 16 2010 03 01 00 30 40 2010 03 01 00 31 43 2010 03 01 00 32 34 2010 03 01 00 39 33 2010 03 01 00 40 16 2010 03 01 00 41 52 Duration Mileage rol 02 01 daa oe 01 03 00 51 05 56 OO 435 01 36 00 07 oO a A A oO A A A ty 1 51 km 0 03 km 3 09
286. unit we can get one chart with two curves on it or two chart with one curve on each if Split sensors option is selected External voltage W 2008 12 05 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 LO 08 16 40 ze sB Aa Extemal valtage W intemal voltage W _ re ae ee vere h ae ae a a E Pot ft a pot a a ae i o 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 2008 12 08 2008 17 08 06 03 20 OF 10 00 08 16 40 09 23 20 Trakpro Standard User Guide233 Page pro If several data is selected for the chart and for each several sensors exist the upper one will be split Let s assume that a unit has two voltage sensors and two temperature sensors and you are building a voltage temperature chart for it If Split sensors option is off you will get one chart with four curves in it If Split sensors option is on you will get two charts with three curves on each one chart will contain the first voltage sensor and both temperature sensors and another one will contain the second voltage sensor and again two temperature sensors Count from Zero This flag is responsible for chart zoom By default Y scale range depends on the range of values found within the interval For instance if the temperature varies from 3 to 5 Y axis begins from 3 and the curve occupies maximum space in the chart If the option Count from zero is activated Y axis is built from zero to the highest value o
287. ur time when seeking for a driver on the list Begin to enter driver s name into the search field and see the results The other way to filter drivers can be used if you have access to more than one account Then on the dropdown list choose account name to display only the drivers which belong to this account Note that if you have just view rights to an account you cannot edit or delete these drivers or assign them to units Creating a Driver Push the New button and set required parameters Driver name Give driver a name that will be visible in reports Driver code Enter unique driver code needed to identify the driver The codes of different drivers must be different Description Type any comments optional Phone number Enter driver s phone number Note that units or drivers with the same phone numbers cannot exist in the system If you are attempting to create a driver with a phone number that is already attached to another driver or unit a special alert will be displayed and you will be offered to edit data However even if you do not edit the driver it will be created anyway but with empty phone number Photo To quickly identify a driver you can attach an image To do this press the Browse button and find and load the necessary image from the disk Trakpro Standard User Guide155 Page pro At the end press OK The new driver will appear on the list New Driver Driver s name Jahn Srith Code 7561 De
288. ute the same dialog appears displaying the following fields Route name Route name is displayed on the routes list when tracking the route and in reports Description Description for a route is optional It is displayed only in the tooltip in the Routes panel Geofence Select a geofence to control in the dropdown list Auto delete after finish Check this box if you prefer the route to be deleted when finished Available if the selected geofence has control points Control points sequence order This parameter is extremely important for route control However it has sense only if the selected geofence contains control points Three tracking modes are available e Default all control points are supposed to be visited in the sequence order they are situated on the line no skipping is allowed It means while we are waiting for the arrival to the Point 3 any visits to other control points are ignored if they happen The route is considered finished when a unit after visiting all points enters the last control point e Allow to skip control points are supposed to be visited in the default order however it is allowed to visit bot all of them If after the visit to the Point 2 the unit gets to the Point 4 then the Point 3 is considered as skipped even if visited later The route is considered finished when a unit enters the last control point and it does not matter how many of other points it has visited e Arbitrary contr
289. vailable only if you Al have Routes Control module in your package Created routes will appear in the Routes panel Shows how many units are there within a geofence at the moment To see these units place the cursor over the number If there are question signs in this cell it means the option is disabled To activate it go to User Settings and check the item Presence in Sa ee ee AE EE A A T E 4 The button to edit The button to edit geofence properties size shape name color position etc properties size shape name color position etc amp The button to view a geofence properties editing is disabled The button to copy a geofence You can edit a geofence and save it under another 5 name Press this button to delete a geofence To delete several geofences at once check them in the first column of the table and press the delete button at the top of the list If the button is dimmed it means you have not enough access rights to the account which the geofence belongs to Created geofences can be exported to kml kmz file as well as imported from such files to different accounts Besides POI cab be imported to geofences and vice versa Details Usage Trakpro Standard User Guide105 Page pro While Tracking Online Geofences can be displayed on the map and mark some area of interest and simplify visual reception of the map If a geofence is displayed on the map and the mouse cursor is placed o
290. value Reset 1 2010 11 23 12 07 08 83 22 MB 0B No 2 2010 11 23 12 08 46 83 22 MB 0B No 3 2010 11 23 12 09 14 83 22 MB 83 22 MB Yes 4 2010 11 23 12 10 14 OB 83 22 MB Yes 5 2010 11 23 12 12 30 8 55 MB 83 22 MB No 2010 11 23 15 29 12 8 55 MB 83 22 MB No 7 2010 11 23 15 30 41 8 55 MB 91 76 MB Yes 5 2010 11 23 15 32 18 OB 91 76 MB Yes q 2010 11 23 15 33 02 OB 91 76 MB Yes 10 2010 11 23 15 34 00 72 41 MB 91 76 MB No 11 2010 11 23 17 55 16 72 41 MB 91 76 MB No 2010 11 23 17 55 16 72 41 MB 91 76 MB e Time time when the counter value was registered e Current value value at the moment of registration e Absolute value GPRS traffic total size by the moment of registration e Reset Yes reset was fulfilled No no reset was fulfilled e Notes empty column for your custom notes Maintenance This table contains the list of service works maintenance done during the indicated period and n registered by users who have at least edit access to this unit The table can be composed of the following columns Service time date and time that were indicated during the registration Registration time date and time when the event was registered Kind of work the text from the field Kind of work Comment the text from the field Description Location location indicated while registering together with comments entered manually Duration duration of work Cost service cost Mileage mileage counter value at the mom
291. ver it you can press lt ctrl gt to see its name area perimeter and the list of units located in this geofence at the moment with addresses where they are Perimeter for a line is its length line thickness is not taken into account Dif geofences are rendered on the server only geofence name is available in the tooltip Selected geofence g CeBIT 30521 Hannever Germany d Area 1 191 km 1191113 701 m2 f Perimeter 3 369 km 3868 847 m BMW ActweHybrd 7 hr f Morris feTIveco 33 12 2 7 Allee Laatzen DE Kawasaki ZR 1200 nieasg wale Laatzen i Porsche 911 Expo Allee Laatzen DE Tank T 34 1 A Frimen s Bentley Azure 1 Hummer H1 Mr Smith Expo Allee Laatzen DE Samantha s Bicycle P36 P44 aa ae i i 4 p E i a i H wi l eari E i L H 4 A i If a unit is situated in a geofence this fact can be shown in unit info tip For this check the option Presence in geofences in User Settings To Routes Control Line shaped geofences with control points can be used to control routes following th predefined route and visiting indicated points in indicated time See Routes In Notifications You can be notified by e mail SMS online or by other means when your unit leaves a geofence or enters in a geofence It is possible also to set speed limitations and sensor range for unit during its presence in a geofence Besides on an entrance to a geofence or an exit from it an action can be perfo
292. w an area To move a point I z E left click tand drag to another place holding the lett mouse button To delete a point double click it a gL a s Perimeter 16 718 km 16718 404 m a om Area 16 293 kim 16293433 351 m7 Yaza de la Ense anza A eset 5A Fi araue de la Chirithibar Ho 7 a L a a F F ET Ta de ela al cha Plaza del a a y af r Le a ont m Plaza de la Concordia eS i iz ee a gM i b i e a r Ty i Pa a had I Pare EN vill ary Macias E r ge d rep ree ae SAlaza de Malggasc te Five ty ae PL w Fita verta de F amora a ae Ce Maaar Ea 4 tea ie oe a i gn 1 a Yd a 4 Ta m writ E fi tn all Pargi e Pablo Picasso x a F UrbanizacionNarfos del Rio cay Plaz Pd fi Banca i k i ki i argue de ac w il a saran anca Parc liPaisajista de la Aldehu la El Baldio ai a al Fiia ia laza del Santo w Pp a T Patag Padre Enrique diabe r 5 p Denter a Orquideas n l Gane v f Th Fi Ti 4 fs _ 5 ied z s wale Ta oneta de los Milagros ar al on m i ee a t F Goneta dela Charera fy ps a f pee ir gr gt wr z 4 Fr Ty tae Pla ara del Poniente wh a Er a Gloneta Vettones y Vacceds H Ri E ft k c Slori ta Leonardo Daj VIn aa he m Plaza de Castilla y Leon Urbanizacin Los Sauces Bowe de las Musas hy Plaza de la iglesia g C loo he F t int a It is also possible to calculate the area of intersecting polygons When crea
293. which the driver was working It is recommended to apply the detalization option to this table to get a possibility to expand any unit and see more detailed information about all working shifts on it Trakpro Standard User Guide258 Page Unit El Fish Boat Fish Boat Fish Boat Fura 1475683 AC SMS Simi H SMS Sim SMS Sim SMS Sime SMS Sime pro Beginning 010 03 2010 03 010 04 010 035 2010 02 2010 02 20l 002s 010 02 010 05 OF La OF 13 DLI e412 i 0 1 16 16 16 19 14 LZ Li J ae asi 43 OO 45 45 30 44 37 S 2q OO O0 ef OO OO a4 End 010 04 01 11 59 2010 03 07 16 52 010 04 0 11 59 010 05 1i4 10 31 010 09 08 17 353 010 05 17 11 52 2010 02 19 14 50 010 2 17 45 Q10 O5 1 115z a1 OO al 53 n3 OF a4 14 Of Duration 3 00 04 3 00 00 0 00 0q SO days 20 48 59 35 days 20 55 17 4 days 1 12 52 1 32 49 3 days 3 17 40 Ore2i25 Mileage 308 km 308 km 0 00 km 0 00 km 3112 km 04 krm 55 krm 148 km 0 00 km In addition to the table you can apply statistics where the following fields are possible report template name deriver name report interval beginning and end DATA IN REPORTS Time in Reports Time when an event happened begun finished is given in reports in the form of date and time YYYY MM DD HH MM SS The duration of a state is given in the format HH MM SS
294. will be one more page where you indicate shift beginning and shift end or one of them For example you can indicate just the beginning of the shift and the end can be detected automatically when the unit arrives to garage as a geofence to do this create a notification of Geofence control type with method of delivery Reset driver Assign Driver Mister X Shift beginning M Shift end M 2 September 2011 13 21 27 September 2011 13 21 The button Unbind from unit Suis used to remove driver from unit manually the first option or register a working shift in the same way as it was described above If you are trying to bind a driver to a unit already having a driver that driver will be automatically unbound and a new deriver will be assigned When a driver is bound to the unit the system registers this fact in data messages In the column with parameters the following data can be find for bind action time and driver s Trakpro Standard User Guide157 Page pro code for unbind action only time Here you can delete wrong messages about driver s assignment you need manage access to unit Time Speed kmh Coordinates Location Parameters C 2010 03 22 14 46 00 ae wee 2010 03 24 17 11 05 T 2010 04 01 10 57 17 ae 2010 04 01 10 59 27 Onoda do 2010 04 01 10 59 36 ID means that the driver was unbound from the unit manually only ID 234 means that the driver with the code 234
295. x Sone Show annotations I Apply trip detector 7 Snap to road a Time interval 3 March 2010 00 00 3 March 2010 23 59 Show Track SK m x CO CA Bordello 27317km led el X Mi Fist Boat 4254km ld gt I E X How to Map a Track To build a track in the Tracks panel do the following 1 Select a unit in the drop down list its contents depends on the work list 2 Adjust desires parameters for the track color thickness etc 3 Define the interval within which you want to get the data 4 After filling in all fields press Show Track Trakpro Standard User Guide86 Page pro A point to point track built according to preset parameters will appear on the map If within the indicated period there was no messaged from unit the button Show Track is not active If within the indicated period the unit was not moving there will be no track on the map however it will be in the list of tracks below and the distance traveled will be O km If it is too long to wait the track to appear on the map it may mean you have indicated too large interval or your Internet access rate is low Alternative methods to build a track on the map are e Inthe Monitoring panel with the help of fast track buttons e Inthe Messages Mode when viewing data messages e Inthe Reports Mode if the appropriate option is selected in report template Invalid Tracks When mapping a track you can get a dashed line that means that some track co
296. xporting the report Time 010 04 26 O4 47 57 010 04 26 04 46 48 010 04 26 04 53 31 010 04 26 04 55 54 010 04 26 04 56 45 010 04 26 04 59 14 Chronology Sender Operator user Driver Driver Operator users Operator fuser Driver Text Return to the depot Finishing Filled 50 gal Filling registered New order near Gorky Park 10 min Count Pe He H H EH This kind of report gives information about all actions and changes in unit state during the indicated period of time Unlike most of other tables which are dedicated to a certain thing parkings sensors trips etc this table can unite phenomena of various kinds which allows to estimate movement history in the whole The following things can be included to the chronology in the template select necessary e Trips e Parkings e Stops e Engine hours e Fillings e Thefts e Events e Drivers e Speedings e Connection loss e Sensor trigger enter one or two masks to indicate needed sensors The following columns can be selected to form the table Trakpro Standard User Guide193 Page pro e Type trip parking stop engine hours filling or reg filling theft event or violation driver connection loss sensor e Beginning when the detected activity began e Initial location unit location at the moment of activity beginning e End when the detected activity finished e Final location unit location at
297. y Besides data messages can be exported to a number of formats Choose messages in the work area to open the Messages Mode In this mode the workspace can be divided into four sections e inthe left top corner you can set parameters of your request e inthe bottom left part there is statistics for current request or a panel to export import messages e inthe top right section there is the map e atthe right bottom there are messages themselves 123456789000012 From 14 September 2011 00 00 To 14 September 2011 23 59 2 A Message type Data messages zj Show parameters Raw dats Fachrigchas Lag 7 as M k 3 Execute Clear Sta abner N 52 19 E 009 48 5896 Total messages 2042 miy tias Total time 0 days D6 h 19 m 54 s E Mi Distance 69 08 km Time Speed kmh Coordinates Location a Average speed 10 81 kmh 40 2011 09 14 08 21 06 0 52 315772 9 818945 Avenida de Sevilla Hannover Germany a A ONAE ENON 41 2011 09 14 08 21 14 1 52 316041 9 816773 Sydney Garden Hannover Germany B 42 2011 09 14 08 21 22 1 52 316363 9 818591 Sydney Garden Hannover Germany E 43 2011 09 14 08 21 30 1 52 316625 9 818451 Sydney Garden Hannover Germany 44 2011 09 1408 21 38 1 2 316953 9 818248 Sydney Garden Hannover Germany E 45 2011 09 14 08 21 46 0 52 317202 9 818162 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany E 46 2011 09 14 08 21 54 1 2 317268 9 81858 Rue de Gent Hannover Germany a 47 2011 09 1408 22 02 1
298. y Hd gt Daylight saving time None Persian calendar E E mail accounts trakpro com au Enable public access to locator page City Change Password Mobile access Use US metrics miles and gallons Use common map for all modes Play sound for events JSS Automatically display popup events Cancel In the same dialog move to the Maps tab and press the button Store current With this the current map position will be stored and used for further logins to the system At the end press OK to apply new settings The page will be reloaded Trakpro Standard User Guide9 Page pro User Settings General Settings Monitoring Panel Maps Account Format of coordinates Degrees 53 891099 27 4684617 Map position at startup Store current Enable Google Maps Iw Enable Microsoft Virtual Earth M Enable Yandex laps a Enable Myindia Map E Enable Yahoo India Map E Render geofences on server Iw Render POl on server I Cancel OK Preparatory work is finished Now let s create a tracking unit 4 Creating Unit Before configuring a unit make sure the device is directed to Trakpro For more information on server IP port phone number and the like find your type of device in the list of supported devices and set the required parameters Open the Units panel in the work area and press the New button Trakpro Standard User Guide10 Page lrakpro Wwialon 1527227003 ENZ The dialog with
299. y to He nia udn D a ere x detect drivers automatically Misterx P oe 7 gx with the help of iButton A Nature Marte MA OE gE xX system To create and manage drivers open the Drivers panel in the work area In the tooltip of each driver you can see a description if available the name of a unit he she is driving enlarged driver s photo phone number and account name where the driver belongs to if several account are available If you have Skype on your computer the phone number is highlighted and you can make a call if clicking on it If a driver is bound to a unit unit icon is displayed in the next column If place the cursor over this icon the unit popup window is displayed the same as in the Monitoring panel N A in unit icon place means that the driver is not bound to any unit The next column contains Bind unbind switch button oe bind driver to a unit op unbind driver from the unit Several actions are also allowed _ send SMS to driver the button is not displayed if the current user does not have enough rights if the button is dimmed it means there is no phone number in driver s properties an edit driver s properties view driver s properties editing not available Trakpro Standard User Guide154 Page pro create a new driver using this one as a basis X delete driver the button is dimmed if you have not enough rights Using the the dynamic filter above the list you will save yo
300. you check the Retrieve intervals box the report will focus on intervals where all speeds fall into the range Stops Tick the checkbox and choose one of the two possibilities With stops or Without stops Then in the resulting table only intervals which meet the given condition will be shown If the Stops option is not selected then all intervals are displayed regardless if there were any stops or not Parkings The settings are similar to those for stops In addition you can indicate the minimum parking duration For instance you can query geofences where there is a parking of a specified time the Minimum duration flag Besides the parking time can be summed up the Sum up intervals flag That means the geofences where the total parkings make up the specified time will be displayed Sensors The intervals where there are messages with sensor on or off can be selected In addition you can indicate minimum and or maximum time of sensor s on off state Like in parkings the duration can be summed up the Sum up intervals flag Besides the intervals of on off state can be retrieved and each of them can be presented as a separate row of the table the Retrieve intervals flag To indicate a certain sensor to be controlled type its mask below If you select several then the intervals which contain points with all these sensors on off simultaneously will be selected If no masks are specified then all digital sensors are considered Sensors
301. you want to alter and scroll up increase value or down decrease value Method 2 If you open the calendar you can adjust date and time clicking on the appropriate buttons on the top of the calendar single arrows for months double arrows for years on the bottom arrows for hours and minutes To change these values you can either click on these buttons or use the mouse scroll Besides time can be time on the keyboard To finish with date time selection choose a day in the central part of the calendar Only then your adjustments will be applied and the calendar will close p yeg a a e mothe Fal al il iia Te Ta March 2011 Mo Tu We Th choose a day T to finish today s day time hours amp minutes Method 3 Today s date can be set with one click Open the calendar and press the TODAY button This action 2011 affects year month and day but not exact time Go Today January February March Method 4 April May June July August September Click on month and year in the open calendar Year aka a ae ee field will appear below Scroll the mouse up down or input from the keyboard the necessary value below click on a month and then select a day Trakpro Standard User Guide39 Page pro THE IRANIAN CALENDAR There was the usual Gregorian calendar However Trakpro works also with the Iranian calendar also known as Persian solar calendar It is used in Iran and Afghanistan The Iranian c
302. ys tick the appropriate check box Yandex adds possibility to take into account traffic jams Placing Points There are two basic ways to set key points for route 1 With the mouse Just make several double clicks on the map to mark key points If the option Use Trakpro Standard User Guide271 Page pro detected addresses as names for points is enabled in the Points panel then address information is set as point name If no address information is available the point is added anyway but with empty name 2 With the address tool In the Address panel indicate addresses to be visited city street house The usage of the Address tool was minutely described in the previous section The found points can be added to the route automatically if the flag Auto save of points is enabled or manually with the Add point button if this flag is disabled ote If you are going to use this route for Route Control it is recommended to enter departing point as the first point of the route When all point are set it is possible already to draw the route the Calculate button However before doing that you can edit key points especially if you are going to save this route as geofence with control points The list of points is displayed in the Points panel Here you can edit point name its radius and delete unnecessary point Trakpro Standard User Guide272 Page A h P i 1 E py oe Routing ax Kirchrade Bk _ l l

Trakpro Standard User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents